You're looking at an unstable version of this specification. Unstable specifications may change at any time without notice.
Client-Server API
The client-server API provides a simple lightweight API to let clients send messages, control rooms and synchronise conversation history. It is designed to support both lightweight clients which store no state and lazy-load data from the server as required - as well as heavyweight clients which maintain a full local persistent copy of server state.
API Standards
The mandatory baseline for client-server communication in Matrix is
exchanging JSON objects over HTTP APIs. HTTPS is recommended for
communication, although HTTP may be supported as a fallback to support
basic HTTP clients. More efficient optional transports will in future be
supported as optional extensions - e.g. a packed binary encoding over
stream-cipher encrypted TCP socket for low-bandwidth/low-roundtrip
mobile usage. For the default HTTP transport, all API calls use a
Content-Type of application/json
. In addition, all strings MUST be
encoded as UTF-8. Clients are authenticated using opaque access_token
strings (see Client Authentication for
details), passed as a query string parameter on all requests.
The names of the API endpoints for the HTTP transport follow a
convention of using underscores to separate words (for example
/delete_devices
). The key names in JSON objects passed over the API
also follow this convention.
/createRoom
. A future version of this specification will address the
inconsistency.
Any errors which occur at the Matrix API level MUST return a “standard error response”. This is a JSON object which looks like:
{
"errcode": "<error code>",
"error": "<error message>"
}
The error
string will be a human-readable error message, usually a
sentence explaining what went wrong. The errcode
string will be a
unique string which can be used to handle an error message e.g.
M_FORBIDDEN
. These error codes should have their namespace first in
ALL CAPS, followed by a single _ to ease separating the namespace from
the error code. For example, if there was a custom namespace
com.mydomain.here
, and a FORBIDDEN
code, the error code should look
like COM.MYDOMAIN.HERE_FORBIDDEN
. There may be additional keys
depending on the error, but the keys error
and errcode
MUST always
be present.
Errors are generally best expressed by their error code rather than the
HTTP status code returned. When encountering the error code M_UNKNOWN
,
clients should prefer the HTTP status code as a more reliable reference
for what the issue was. For example, if the client receives an error
code of M_NOT_FOUND
but the request gave a 400 Bad Request status
code, the client should treat the error as if the resource was not
found. However, if the client were to receive an error code of
M_UNKNOWN
with a 400 Bad Request, the client should assume that the
request being made was invalid.
The common error codes are:
M_FORBIDDEN
Forbidden access, e.g. joining a room without permission, failed login.
M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
The access token specified was not recognised.
An additional response parameter, soft_logout
, might be present on the
response for 401 HTTP status codes. See the soft logout
section for more information.
M_MISSING_TOKEN
No access token was specified for the request.
M_BAD_JSON
Request contained valid JSON, but it was malformed in some way, e.g.
missing required keys, invalid values for keys.
M_NOT_JSON
Request did not contain valid JSON.
M_NOT_FOUND
No resource was found for this request.
M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
Too many requests have been sent in a short period of time. Wait a while
then try again.
M_UNKNOWN
An unknown error has occurred.
Other error codes the client might encounter are:
M_UNRECOGNIZED
The server did not understand the request.
M_UNAUTHORIZED
The request was not correctly authorized. Usually due to login failures.
M_USER_DEACTIVATED
The user ID associated with the request has been deactivated. Typically
for endpoints that prove authentication, such as /login
.
M_USER_IN_USE
Encountered when trying to register a user ID which has been taken.
M_INVALID_USERNAME
Encountered when trying to register a user ID which is not valid.
M_ROOM_IN_USE
Sent when the room alias given to the createRoom
API is already in
use.
M_INVALID_ROOM_STATE
Sent when the initial state given to the createRoom
API is invalid.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
Sent when a threepid given to an API cannot be used because the same
threepid is already in use.
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
Sent when a threepid given to an API cannot be used because no record
matching the threepid was found.
M_THREEPID_AUTH_FAILED
Authentication could not be performed on the third party identifier.
M_THREEPID_DENIED
The server does not permit this third party identifier. This may happen
if the server only permits, for example, email addresses from a
particular domain.
M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
The client’s request used a third party server, eg. identity server,
that this server does not trust.
M_UNSUPPORTED_ROOM_VERSION
The client’s request to create a room used a room version that the
server does not support.
M_INCOMPATIBLE_ROOM_VERSION
The client attempted to join a room that has a version the server does
not support. Inspect the room_version
property of the error response
for the room’s version.
M_BAD_STATE
The state change requested cannot be performed, such as attempting to
unban a user who is not banned.
M_GUEST_ACCESS_FORBIDDEN
The room or resource does not permit guests to access it.
M_CAPTCHA_NEEDED
A Captcha is required to complete the request.
M_CAPTCHA_INVALID
The Captcha provided did not match what was expected.
M_MISSING_PARAM
A required parameter was missing from the request.
M_INVALID_PARAM
A parameter that was specified has the wrong value. For example, the
server expected an integer and instead received a string.
M_TOO_LARGE
The request or entity was too large.
M_EXCLUSIVE
The resource being requested is reserved by an application service, or
the application service making the request has not created the resource.
M_RESOURCE_LIMIT_EXCEEDED
The request cannot be completed because the homeserver has reached a
resource limit imposed on it. For example, a homeserver held in a shared
hosting environment may reach a resource limit if it starts using too
much memory or disk space. The error MUST have an admin_contact
field
to provide the user receiving the error a place to reach out to.
Typically, this error will appear on routes which attempt to modify
state (eg: sending messages, account data, etc) and not routes which
only read state (eg: /sync
, get account data, etc).
M_CANNOT_LEAVE_SERVER_NOTICE_ROOM
The user is unable to reject an invite to join the server notices room.
See the Server Notices module for more information.
The client-server API typically uses HTTP PUT
to submit requests with
a client-generated transaction identifier. This means that these
requests are idempotent. The scope of a transaction identifier is a
particular access token. It only serves to identify new requests
from retransmits. After the request has finished, the {txnId}
value
should be changed (how is not specified; a monotonically increasing
integer is recommended).
Some API endpoints may allow or require the use of POST
requests
without a transaction ID. Where this is optional, the use of a PUT
request is strongly recommended.
GET /_matrix/client/versions
Gets the versions of the specification supported by the server.
Values will take the form rX.Y.Z
.
Only the latest Z
value will be reported for each supported X.Y
value.
i.e. if the server implements r0.0.0
, r0.0.1
, and r1.2.0
, it will report r0.0.1
and r1.2.0
.
The server may additionally advertise experimental features it supports
through unstable_features
. These features should be namespaced and
may optionally include version information within their name if desired.
Features listed here are not for optionally toggling parts of the Matrix
specification and should only be used to advertise support for a feature
which has not yet landed in the spec. For example, a feature currently
undergoing the proposal process may appear here and eventually be taken
off this list once the feature lands in the spec and the server deems it
reasonable to do so. Servers may wish to keep advertising features here
after they’ve been released into the spec to give clients a chance to
upgrade appropriately. Additionally, clients should avoid using unstable
features in their stable releases.
rX.Y.Z
.Z
value will be reported for each supported X.Y
value.
i.e. if the server implements r0.0.0
, r0.0.1
, and r1.2.0
, it will report r0.0.1
and r1.2.0
.unstable_features
. These features should be namespaced and
may optionally include version information within their name if desired.
Features listed here are not for optionally toggling parts of the Matrix
specification and should only be used to advertise support for a feature
which has not yet landed in the spec. For example, a feature currently
undergoing the proposal process may appear here and eventually be taken
off this list once the feature lands in the spec and the server deems it
reasonable to do so. Servers may wish to keep advertising features here
after they’ve been released into the spec to give clients a chance to
upgrade appropriately. Additionally, clients should avoid using unstable
features in their stable releases.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The versions supported by the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
unstable_features |
object |
Experimental features the server supports. Features not listed here, or the lack of this property all together, indicate that a feature is not supported. |
versions |
[string] |
Required: The supported versions. |
{
"unstable_features": {
"org.example.my_feature": true
},
"versions": [
"r0.0.1"
]
}
Web Browser Clients
It is realistic to expect that some clients will be written to be run within a web browser or similar environment. In these cases, the homeserver should respond to pre-flight requests and supply Cross-Origin Resource Sharing (CORS) headers on all requests.
Servers MUST expect that clients will approach them with OPTIONS
requests, allowing clients to discover the CORS headers. All endpoints
in this specification s upport the OPTIONS
method, however the server
MUST NOT perform any logic defined for the endpoints when approached
with an OPTIONS
request.
When a client approaches the server with a request, the server should respond with the CORS headers for that route. The recommended CORS headers to be returned by servers on all requests are:
Access-Control-Allow-Origin: *
Access-Control-Allow-Methods: GET, POST, PUT, DELETE, OPTIONS
Access-Control-Allow-Headers: Origin, X-Requested-With, Content-Type, Accept, Authorization
Server Discovery
In order to allow users to connect to a Matrix server without needing to explicitly specify the homeserver’s URL or other parameters, clients SHOULD use an auto-discovery mechanism to determine the server’s URL based on a user’s Matrix ID. Auto-discovery should only be done at login time.
In this section, the following terms are used with specific meanings:
PROMPT
Retrieve the specific piece of information from the user in a way which
fits within the existing client user experience, if the client is
inclined to do so. Failure can take place instead if no good user
experience for this is possible at this point.
IGNORE
Stop the current auto-discovery mechanism. If no more auto-discovery
mechanisms are available, then the client may use other methods of
determining the required parameters, such as prompting the user, or
using default values.
FAIL_PROMPT
Inform the user that auto-discovery failed due to invalid/empty data and
PROMPT
for the parameter.
FAIL_ERROR
Inform the user that auto-discovery did not return any usable URLs. Do
not continue further with the current login process. At this point,
valid data was obtained, but no server is available to serve the client.
No further guess should be attempted and the user should make a
conscientious decision what to do next.
Well-known URI
.well-known
JSON file SHOULD offer CORS headers,
as per the CORS section in this specification.
The .well-known
method uses a JSON file at a predetermined location to
specify parameter values. The flow for this method is as follows:
- Extract the server name from the user’s Matrix ID by splitting the Matrix ID at the first colon.
- Extract the hostname from the server name.
- Make a GET request to
https://hostname/.well-known/matrix/client
.- If the returned status code is 404, then
IGNORE
. - If the returned status code is not 200, or the response body is
empty, then
FAIL_PROMPT
. - Parse the response body as a JSON object
- If the content cannot be parsed, then
FAIL_PROMPT
.
- If the content cannot be parsed, then
- Extract the
base_url
value from them.homeserver
property. This value is to be used as the base URL of the homeserver.- If this value is not provided, then
FAIL_PROMPT
.
- If this value is not provided, then
- Validate the homeserver base URL:
- Parse it as a URL. If it is not a URL, then
FAIL_ERROR
. - Clients SHOULD validate that the URL points to a valid
homeserver before accepting it by connecting to the
/_matrix/client/versions
endpoint, ensuring that it does not return an error, and parsing and validating that the data conforms with the expected response format. If any step in the validation fails, thenFAIL_ERROR
. Validation is done as a simple check against configuration errors, in order to ensure that the discovered address points to a valid homeserver.
- Parse it as a URL. If it is not a URL, then
- If the
m.identity_server
property is present, extract thebase_url
value for use as the base URL of the identity server. Validation for this URL is done as in the step above, but using/_matrix/identity/api/v1
as the endpoint to connect to. If them.identity_server
property is present, but does not have abase_url
value, thenFAIL_ERROR
.
- If the returned status code is 404, then
GET /.well-known/matrix/client
Gets discovery information about the domain. The file may include
additional keys, which MUST follow the Java package naming convention,
e.g. com.example.myapp.property
. This ensures property names are
suitably namespaced for each application and reduces the risk of
clashes.
Note that this endpoint is not necessarily handled by the homeserver,
but by another webserver, to be used for discovering the homeserver URL.
com.example.myapp.property
. This ensures property names are
suitably namespaced for each application and reduces the risk of
clashes.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Server discovery information. |
404 |
No server discovery information available. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.homeserver |
Homeserver Information |
Required: Used by clients to discover homeserver information. |
m.identity_server |
Identity Server Information |
Used by clients to discover identity server information. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
Required: The base URL for the homeserver for client-server connections. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
Required: The base URL for the identity server for client-server connections. |
{
"m.homeserver": {
"base_url": "https://matrix.example.com"
},
"m.identity_server": {
"base_url": "https://identity.example.com"
},
"org.example.custom.property": {
"app_url": "https://custom.app.example.org"
}
}
Client Authentication
Most API endpoints require the user to identify themselves by presenting
previously obtained credentials in the form of an access_token
query
parameter or through an Authorization Header of Bearer $access_token
.
An access token is typically obtained via the Login or
Registration processes.
Using access tokens
Access tokens may be provided in two ways, both of which the homeserver MUST support:
- Via a query string parameter,
access_token=TheTokenHere
. - Via a request header,
Authorization: Bearer TheTokenHere
.
Clients are encouraged to use the Authorization
header where possible
to prevent the access token being leaked in access/HTTP logs. The query
string should only be used in cases where the Authorization
header is
inaccessible for the client.
When credentials are required but missing or invalid, the HTTP call will
return with a status of 401 and the error code, M_MISSING_TOKEN
or
M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN
respectively.
Relationship between access tokens and devices
Client devices are closely related to access tokens. Matrix servers should record which device each access token is assigned to, so that subsequent requests can be handled correctly.
By default, the Login and Registration
processes auto-generate a new device_id
. A client is also free to
generate its own device_id
or, provided the user remains the same,
reuse a device: in either case the client should pass the device_id
in
the request body. If the client sets the device_id
, the server will
invalidate any access token previously assigned to that device. There is
therefore at most one active access token assigned to each device at any
one time.
Soft logout
When a request fails due to a 401 status code per above, the server can
include an extra response parameter, soft_logout
, to indicate if the
client’s persisted information can be retained. This defaults to
false
, indicating that the server has destroyed the session. Any
persisted state held by the client, such as encryption keys and device
information, must not be reused and must be discarded.
When soft_logout
is true, the client can acquire a new access token by
specifying the device ID it is already using to the login API. In most
cases a soft_logout: true
response indicates that the user’s session
has expired on the server-side and the user simply needs to provide
their credentials again.
In either case, the client’s previously known access token will no longer function.
User-Interactive Authentication API
Overview
Some API endpoints require authentication that interacts with the user. The homeserver may provide many different ways of authenticating, such as user/password auth, login via a single-sign-on server (SSO), etc. This specification does not define how homeservers should authorise their users but instead defines the standard interface which implementations should follow so that ANY client can login to ANY homeserver.
The process takes the form of one or more ‘stages’. At each stage the client submits a set of data for a given authentication type and awaits a response from the server, which will either be a final success or a request to perform an additional stage. This exchange continues until the final success.
For each endpoint, a server offers one or more ‘flows’ that the client can use to authenticate itself. Each flow comprises a series of stages, as described above. The client is free to choose which flow it follows, however the flow’s stages must be completed in order. Failing to follow the flows in order must result in an HTTP 401 response, as defined below. When all stages in a flow are complete, authentication is complete and the API call succeeds.
User-interactive API in the REST API
In the REST API described in this specification, authentication works by
the client and server exchanging JSON dictionaries. The server indicates
what authentication data it requires via the body of an HTTP 401
response, and the client submits that authentication data via the auth
request parameter.
A client should first make a request with no auth
parameter[1]. The
homeserver returns an HTTP 401 response, with a JSON body, as follows:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
In addition to the flows
, this object contains some extra information:
-
params
: This section contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each authentication type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. -
session
: This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the homeserver, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call.
The client then chooses a flow and attempts to complete the first stage.
It does this by resubmitting the same request with the addition of an
auth
key in the object that it submits. This dictionary contains a
type
key whose value is the name of the authentication type that the
client is attempting to complete. It must also contain a session
key
with the value of the session key given by the homeserver, if one was
given. It also contains other keys dependent on the auth type being
attempted. For example, if the client is attempting to complete auth
type example.type.foo
, it might submit something like this:
POST /_matrix/client/r0/endpoint HTTP/1.1
Content-Type: application/json
{
"a_request_parameter": "something",
"another_request_parameter": "something else",
"auth": {
"type": "example.type.foo",
"session": "xxxxxx",
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret"
}
}
If the homeserver deems the authentication attempt to be successful but
still requires more stages to be completed, it returns HTTP status 401
along with the same object as when no authentication was attempted, with
the addition of the completed
key which is an array of auth types the
client has completed successfully:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"completed": [ "example.type.foo" ],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
Individual stages may require more than one request to complete, in which case the response will be as if the request was unauthenticated with the addition of any other keys as defined by the auth type.
If the homeserver decides that an attempt on a stage was unsuccessful,
but the client may make a second attempt, it returns the same HTTP
status 401 response as above, with the addition of the standard
errcode
and error
fields describing the error. For example:
HTTP/1.1 401 Unauthorized
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Invalid password",
"completed": [ "example.type.foo" ],
"flows": [
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.bar" ]
},
{
"stages": [ "example.type.foo", "example.type.baz" ]
}
],
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxx"
}
If the request fails for a reason other than authentication, the server returns an error message in the standard format. For example:
HTTP/1.1 400 Bad request
Content-Type: application/json
{
"errcode": "M_EXAMPLE_ERROR",
"error": "Something was wrong"
}
If the client has completed all stages of a flow, the homeserver performs the API call and returns the result as normal. Completed stages cannot be retried by clients, therefore servers must return either a 401 response with the completed stages, or the result of the API call if all stages were completed when a client retries a stage.
Some authentication types may be completed by means other than through the Matrix client, for example, an email confirmation may be completed when the user clicks on the link in the email. In this case, the client retries the request with an auth dict containing only the session key. The response to this will be the same as if the client were attempting to complete an auth state normally, i.e. the request will either complete or request auth, with the presence or absence of that auth type in the ‘completed’ array indicating whether that stage is complete.
Example
At a high level, the requests made for an API call completing an auth flow with three stages will resemble the following diagram:
_______________________
| Stage 0 |
| No auth |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| | <-- Returns "session" key which is used throughout.
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 1 |
| type: "<auth type1>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| |
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 2 |
| type: "<auth type2>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_2_________| |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_3_________| |
|_______________________|
|
|
_________V_____________
| Stage 3 |
| type: "<auth type3>" |
| ___________________ |
| |_Request_1_________| | <-- Returns API response
|_______________________|
Authentication types
This specification defines the following auth types:
m.login.password
m.login.recaptcha
m.login.sso
m.login.email.identity
m.login.msisdn
m.login.dummy
Password-based
-
Type:
m.login.password
-
Description: The client submits an identifier and secret password, both sent in plain-text.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
...
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
where the identifier
property is a user identifier object, as
described in Identifier types.
For example, to authenticate using the user’s Matrix ID, clients would submit:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Alternatively reply using a 3PID bound to the user’s account on the
homeserver using the /account/3pid
API rather then giving the user
explicitly as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.thirdparty",
"medium": "<The medium of the third party identifier.>",
"address": "<The third party address of the user>"
},
"password": "<password>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
In the case that the homeserver does not know about the supplied 3PID, the homeserver must respond with 403 Forbidden.
Google ReCaptcha
-
Type:
m.login.recaptcha
-
Description: The user completes a Google ReCaptcha 2.0 challenge.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.recaptcha",
"response": "<captcha response>",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Single Sign-On
-
Type:
m.login.sso
-
Description: Authentication is supported by authorising with an external single sign-on provider.
A client wanting to complete authentication using SSO should use the Fallback mechanism. See SSO during User-Interactive Authentication for more information.
Email-based (identity / homeserver)
-
Type:
m.login.email.identity
-
Description: Authentication is supported by authorising an email address with an identity server, or homeserver if supported.
Prior to submitting this, the client should authenticate with an identity server (or homeserver). After authenticating, the session information should be submitted to the homeserver.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.email.identity",
"threepidCreds": [
{
"sid": "<identity server session id>",
"client_secret": "<identity server client secret>",
"id_server": "<url of identity server authed with, e.g. 'matrix.org:8090'>",
"id_access_token": "<access token previously registered with the identity server>"
}
],
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Note that id_server
(and therefore id_access_token
) is optional if
the /requestToken
request did not include them.
Phone number/MSISDN-based (identity / homeserver)
-
Type:
m.login.msisdn
-
Description: Authentication is supported by authorising a phone number with an identity server, or homeserver if supported.
Prior to submitting this, the client should authenticate with an identity server (or homeserver). After authenticating, the session information should be submitted to the homeserver.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.msisdn",
"threepidCreds": [
{
"sid": "<identity server session id>",
"client_secret": "<identity server client secret>",
"id_server": "<url of identity server authed with, e.g. 'matrix.org:8090'>",
"id_access_token": "<access token previously registered with the identity server>"
}
],
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Note that id_server
(and therefore id_access_token
) is optional if
the /requestToken
request did not include them.
Dummy Auth
-
Type:
m.login.dummy
-
Description: Dummy authentication always succeeds and requires no extra parameters. Its purpose is to allow servers to not require any form of User-Interactive Authentication to perform a request. It can also be used to differentiate flows where otherwise one flow would be a subset of another flow. eg. if a server offers flows
m.login.recaptcha
andm.login.recaptcha, m.login.email.identity
and the client completes the recaptcha stage first, the auth would succeed with the former flow, even if the client was intending to then complete the email auth stage. A server can instead send flowsm.login.recaptcha, m.login.dummy
andm.login.recaptcha, m.login.email.identity
to fix the ambiguity.
To use this authentication type, clients should submit an auth dict with just the type and session, if provided:
{
"type": "m.login.dummy",
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Fallback
Clients cannot be expected to be able to know how to process every single login type. If a client does not know how to handle a given login type, it can direct the user to a web browser with the URL of a fallback page which will allow the user to complete that login step out-of-band in their web browser. The URL it should open is:
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/<auth type>/fallback/web?session=<session ID>
Where auth type
is the type name of the stage it is attempting and
session ID
is the ID of the session given by the homeserver.
This MUST return an HTML page which can perform this authentication stage. This page must use the following JavaScript when the authentication has been completed:
if (window.onAuthDone) {
window.onAuthDone();
} else if (window.opener && window.opener.postMessage) {
window.opener.postMessage("authDone", "*");
}
This allows the client to either arrange for the global function
onAuthDone
to be defined in an embedded browser, or to use the HTML5
cross-document
messaging API, to
receive a notification that the authentication stage has been completed.
Once a client receives the notificaton that the authentication stage has been completed, it should resubmit the request with an auth dict with just the session ID:
{
"session": "<session ID>"
}
Example
A client webapp might use the following javascript to open a popup window which will handle unknown login types:
/**
* Arguments:
* homeserverUrl: the base url of the homeserver (eg "https://matrix.org")
*
* apiEndpoint: the API endpoint being used (eg
* "/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/account/password")
*
* loginType: the loginType being attempted (eg "m.login.recaptcha")
*
* sessionID: the session ID given by the homeserver in earlier requests
*
* onComplete: a callback which will be called with the results of the request
*/
function unknownLoginType(homeserverUrl, apiEndpoint, loginType, sessionID, onComplete) {
var popupWindow;
var eventListener = function(ev) {
// check it's the right message from the right place.
if (ev.data !== "authDone" || ev.origin !== homeserverUrl) {
return;
}
// close the popup
popupWindow.close();
window.removeEventListener("message", eventListener);
// repeat the request
var requestBody = {
auth: {
session: sessionID,
},
};
request({
method:'POST', url:apiEndpint, json:requestBody,
}, onComplete);
};
window.addEventListener("message", eventListener);
var url = homeserverUrl +
"/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/" +
encodeURIComponent(loginType) +
"/fallback/web?session=" +
encodeURIComponent(sessionID);
popupWindow = window.open(url);
}
Identifier types
Some authentication mechanisms use a user identifier object to identify
a user. The user identifier object has a type
field to indicate the
type of identifier being used, and depending on the type, has other
fields giving the information required to identify the user as described
below.
This specification defines the following identifier types:
m.id.user
m.id.thirdparty
m.id.phone
Matrix User ID
-
Type:
m.id.user
-
Description: The user is identified by their Matrix ID.
A client can identify a user using their Matrix ID. This can either be the fully qualified Matrix user ID, or just the localpart of the user ID.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
}
Third-party ID
-
Type:
m.id.thirdparty
-
Description: The user is identified by a third-party identifier in canonicalised form.
A client can identify a user using a 3PID associated with the user’s
account on the homeserver, where the 3PID was previously associated
using the /account/3pid
API. See the 3PID
Types Appendix for a list of Third-party
ID media.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.thirdparty",
"medium": "<The medium of the third party identifier>",
"address": "<The canonicalised third party address of the user>"
}
Phone number
-
Type:
m.id.phone
-
Description: The user is identified by a phone number.
A client can identify a user using a phone number associated with the
user’s account, where the phone number was previously associated using
the /account/3pid
API. The phone number can be passed in as entered
by the user; the homeserver will be responsible for canonicalising it.
If the client wishes to canonicalise the phone number, then it can use
the m.id.thirdparty
identifier type with a medium
of msisdn
instead.
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.phone",
"country": "<The country that the phone number is from>",
"phone": "<The phone number>"
}
The country
is the two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country
code that the number in phone
should be parsed as if it were dialled
from.
Login
A client can obtain access tokens using the /login
API.
Note that this endpoint does not currently use the User-Interactive Authentication API.
For a simple username/password login, clients should submit a /login
request as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "<user_id or user localpart>"
},
"password": "<password>"
}
Alternatively, a client can use a 3PID bound to the user’s account on
the homeserver using the /account/3pid
API rather then giving the
user
explicitly, as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.password",
"identifier": {
"medium": "<The medium of the third party identifier>",
"address": "<The canonicalised third party address of the user>"
},
"password": "<password>"
}
In the case that the homeserver does not know about the supplied 3PID,
the homeserver must respond with 403 Forbidden
.
To log in using a login token, clients should submit a /login
request
as follows:
{
"type": "m.login.token",
"token": "<login token>"
}
As with token-based interactive login, the token
must encode the
user ID. In the case that the token is not valid, the homeserver must
respond with 403 Forbidden
and an error code of M_FORBIDDEN
.
If the homeserver advertises m.login.sso
as a viable flow, and the
client supports it, the client should redirect the user to the
/redirect
endpoint for client login via SSO. After authentication
is complete, the client will need to submit a /login
request matching
m.login.token
.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/login
Gets the homeserver’s supported login types to authenticate users. Clients
should pick one of these and supply it as the type
when logging in.
type
when logging in.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The login types the homeserver supports |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
flows |
[LoginFlow] |
The homeserver’s supported login types |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
The login type. This is supplied as the type when
logging in. |
{
"flows": [
{
"type": "m.login.password"
}
]
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/login
Authenticates the user, and issues an access token they can
use to authorize themself in subsequent requests.
If the client does not supply a device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.
The returned access token must be associated with the device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.
device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Third party identifier for the user. Deprecated in favour of identifier . |
device_id |
string |
ID of the client device. If this does not correspond to a known client device, a new device will be created. The server will auto-generate a device_id if this is not specified. |
identifier |
User identifier |
Identification information for a user |
initial_device_display_name |
string |
A display name to assign to the newly-created device. Ignored
if device_id corresponds to a known device. |
medium |
string |
When logging in using a third party identifier, the medium of the identifier. Must be ‘email’. Deprecated in favour of identifier . |
password |
string |
Required when type is m.login.password . The user’s
password. |
token |
string |
Required when type is m.login.token . Part of Token-based login. |
type |
enum |
Required: The login type being used. One of: |
user |
string |
The fully qualified user ID or just local part of the user ID, to log in. Deprecated in favour of identifier . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The type of identification. See Identifier types for supported values and additional property descriptions. |
Request body example
{
"identifier": {
"type": "m.id.user",
"user": "cheeky_monkey"
},
"initial_device_display_name": "Jungle Phone",
"password": "ilovebananas",
"type": "m.login.password"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been authenticated. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. For example, the login type may not be recognised. |
403 |
The login attempt failed. This can include one of the following error codes:
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
An access token for the account. This access token can then be used to authorize other requests. |
device_id |
string |
ID of the logged-in device. Will be the same as the corresponding parameter in the request, if one was specified. |
home_server |
string |
The server_name of the homeserver on which the account has been registered. Deprecated. Clients should extract the server_name from
|
user_id |
string |
The fully-qualified Matrix ID for the account. |
well_known |
Discovery Information |
Optional client configuration provided by the server. If present, clients SHOULD use the provided object to reconfigure themselves, optionally validating the URLs within. This object takes the same form as the one returned from .well-known autodiscovery. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.homeserver |
Homeserver Information |
Required: Used by clients to discover homeserver information. |
m.identity_server |
Identity Server Information |
Used by clients to discover identity server information. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
Required: The base URL for the homeserver for client-server connections. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
Required: The base URL for the identity server for client-server connections. |
{
"access_token": "abc123",
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org",
"well_known": {
"m.homeserver": {
"base_url": "https://example.org"
},
"m.identity_server": {
"base_url": "https://id.example.org"
}
}
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Bad login type."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/logout
Invalidates an existing access token, so that it can no longer be used for
authorization. The device associated with the access token is also deleted.
Device keys for the device are deleted alongside the device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The access token used in the request was successfully invalidated. |
POST /_matrix/client/r0/logout/all
Invalidates all access tokens for a user, so that they can no longer be used for
authorization. This includes the access token that made this request. All devices
for the user are also deleted. Device keys for the device are
deleted alongside the device.
This endpoint does not use the User-Interactive Authentication API because
User-Interactive Authentication is designed to protect against attacks where the
someone gets hold of a single access token then takes over the account. This
endpoint invalidates all access tokens for the user, including the token used in
the request, and therefore the attacker is unable to take over the account in
this way.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user’s access tokens were successfully invalidated. |
Login Fallback
If a client does not recognize any or all login flows it can use the fallback login API:
GET /_matrix/static/client/login/
This returns an HTML and JavaScript page which can perform the entire
login process. The page will attempt to call the JavaScript function
window.onLogin
when login has been successfully completed.
Non-credential parameters valid for the /login
endpoint can be
provided as query string parameters here. These are to be forwarded to
the login endpoint during the login process. For example:
GET /_matrix/static/client/login/?device_id=GHTYAJCE
Account registration and management
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/deactivate
Deactivate the user’s account, removing all ability for the user to
login again.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
An access token should be submitted to this endpoint if the client has
an active session.
The homeserver may change the flows available depending on whether a
valid access token is provided.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind all of the user’s 3PIDs from.
If not provided, the homeserver MUST use the id_server
that was originally use to bind each identifier. If the
homeserver does not know which id_server that was,
it must return an id_server_unbind_result of
no-support . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"id_server": "example.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account has been deactivated. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
enum |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the homeserver was able to unbind
the user’s 3PIDs from the identity server(s). success indicates
that all identifiers have been unbound from the identity server while
no-support indicates that one or more identifiers failed to unbind
due to the identity server refusing the request or the homeserver
being unable to determine an identity server to unbind from. This
must be success if the homeserver has no identifiers to unbind
for the user.One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/password
Changes the password for an account on this homeserver.
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API to
ensure the user changing the password is actually the owner of the
account.
An access token should be submitted to this endpoint if the client has
an active session.
The homeserver may change the flows available depending on whether a
valid access token is provided. The homeserver SHOULD NOT revoke the
access token provided in the request. Whether other access tokens for
the user are revoked depends on the request parameters.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
logout_devices |
boolean |
Whether the user’s other access tokens, and their associated devices, should be revoked if the request succeeds. Defaults to true. When |
new_password |
string |
Required: The new password for the account. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"logout_devices": true,
"new_password": "ihatebananas"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The password has been changed. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/password/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is
associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should be
used to request validation tokens when authenticating for the
/account/password
endpoint.
This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of the
/register/email/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given email address could be found. The server may instead send an
email to the given address prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.
The homeserver should validate the email itself, either by sending a
validation email itself or by using a service it has control over.
/account/password
endpoint./register/email/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given email address could be found. The server may instead send an
email to the given address prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the send_attempt
is a number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that email + client_secret pair. This is to
avoid repeatedly sending the same email in the case of request
retries between the POSTing user and the identity server.
The client should increment this value if they desire a new
email (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. If they do not, the server
should respond with success but not resend the email. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "foo@example.com",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email was sent to the given address. |
400 |
The referenced third party identifier is not recognised by the
homeserver, or the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Email not found"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/password/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is
associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should be
used to request validation tokens when authenticating for the
/account/password
endpoint.
This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of the
/register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given phone number could be found. The server may instead send the SMS
to the given phone number prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.
The homeserver should validate the phone number itself, either by sending a
validation message itself or by using a service it has control over.
/account/password
endpoint./register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint, except that
M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND
may be returned if no account matching the
given phone number could be found. The server may instead send the SMS
to the given phone number prompting the user to create an account.
M_THREEPID_IN_USE
may not be returned.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in phone_number should be parsed as if it were dialled from. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the send_attempt is a
number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that country + phone_number + client_secret
triple. This is to avoid repeatedly sending the same SMS in
the case of request retries between the POSTing user and the
identity server. The client should increment this value if
they desire a new SMS (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message was sent to the given phone number. |
400 |
The referenced third party identifier is not recognised by the
homeserver, or the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Phone number not found"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/register
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API, except in
the cases where a guest account is being registered.
Register for an account on this homeserver.
There are two kinds of user account:
-
user
accounts. These accounts may use the full API described in this specification.
-
guest
accounts. These accounts may have limited permissions and may not be supported by all servers.
If registration is successful, this endpoint will issue an access token
the client can use to authorize itself in subsequent requests.
If the client does not supply a device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.
The server SHOULD register an account with a User ID based on the
username
provided, if any. Note that the grammar of Matrix User ID
localparts is restricted, so the server MUST either map the provided
username
onto a user_id
in a logical manner, or reject
username
\s which do not comply to the grammar, with
M_INVALID_USERNAME
.
Matrix clients MUST NOT assume that localpart of the registered
user_id
matches the provided username
.
The returned access token must be associated with the device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.
When registering a guest account, all parameters in the request body
with the exception of initial_device_display_name
MUST BE ignored
by the server. The server MUST pick a device_id
for the account
regardless of input.
Any user ID returned by this API must conform to the grammar given in the
Matrix specification.
user
accounts. These accounts may use the full API described in this specification.
guest
accounts. These accounts may have limited permissions and may not be supported by all servers.
device_id
, the server must
auto-generate one.username
provided, if any. Note that the grammar of Matrix User ID
localparts is restricted, so the server MUST either map the provided
username
onto a user_id
in a logical manner, or reject
username
\s which do not comply to the grammar, with
M_INVALID_USERNAME
.user_id
matches the provided username
.device_id
supplied by the client or generated by the server. The server may
invalidate any access token previously associated with that device. See
Relationship between access tokens and devices.initial_device_display_name
MUST BE ignored
by the server. The server MUST pick a device_id
for the account
regardless of input.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
The kind of account to register. Defaults to user .One of: |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the
user-interactive authentication API. Note that this
information is not used to define how the registered user
should be authenticated, but is instead used to
authenticate the register call itself. |
device_id |
string |
ID of the client device. If this does not correspond to a known client device, a new device will be created. The server will auto-generate a device_id if this is not specified. |
inhibit_login |
boolean |
If true, an access_token and device_id should not be
returned from this call, therefore preventing an automatic
login. Defaults to false. |
initial_device_display_name |
string |
A display name to assign to the newly-created device. Ignored
if device_id corresponds to a known device. |
password |
string |
The desired password for the account. |
username |
string |
The basis for the localpart of the desired Matrix ID. If omitted, the homeserver MUST generate a Matrix ID local part. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"initial_device_display_name": "Jungle Phone",
"password": "ilovebananas",
"username": "cheeky_monkey"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account has been registered. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
These errors may be returned at any stage of the registration process, including after authentication if the requested user ID was registered whilst the client was performing authentication. Homeservers MUST perform the relevant checks and return these codes before performing User-Interactive Authentication, although they may also return them after authentication is completed if, for example, the requested user ID was registered whilst the client was performing authentication. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
403 |
The homeserver does not permit registering the account. This response
can be used to identify that a particular kind of account is not
allowed, or that registration is generally not supported by the homeserver. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
An access token for the account.
This access token can then be used to authorize other requests.
Required if the inhibit_login option is false. |
device_id |
string |
ID of the registered device. Will be the same as the
corresponding parameter in the request, if one was specified.
Required if the inhibit_login option is false. |
home_server |
string |
The server_name of the homeserver on which the account has been registered. Deprecated. Clients should extract the server_name from
|
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully-qualified Matrix user ID (MXID) that has been registered. Any user ID returned by this API must conform to the grammar given in the Matrix specification. |
{
"access_token": "abc123",
"device_id": "GHTYAJCE",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_USER_IN_USE",
"error": "Desired user ID is already taken."
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Registration is disabled"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/register/available
Checks to see if a username is available, and valid, for the server.
The server should check to ensure that, at the time of the request, the
username requested is available for use. This includes verifying that an
application service has not claimed the username and that the username
fits the server’s desired requirements (for example, a server could dictate
that it does not permit usernames with underscores).
Matrix clients may wish to use this API prior to attempting registration,
however the clients must also be aware that using this API does not normally
reserve the username. This can mean that the username becomes unavailable
between checking its availability and attempting to register it.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
username |
string |
Required: The username to check the availability of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The username is available |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid or the username is not available. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
available |
boolean |
A flag to indicate that the username is available. This should always
be true when the server replies with 200 OK. |
{
"available": true
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_USER_IN_USE",
"error": "Desired user ID is already taken."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/register/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. The homeserver
should validate the email itself, either by sending a validation email
itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the send_attempt
is a number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that email + client_secret pair. This is to
avoid repeatedly sending the same email in the case of request
retries between the POSTing user and the identity server.
The client should increment this value if they desire a new
email (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. If they do not, the server
should respond with success but not resend the email. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "foo@example.com",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email has been sent to the specified address. Note that this may be an email containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not permit the address to be bound. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "The specified address is already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/register/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. The homeserver
should validate the phone number itself, either by sending a validation
message itself or by using a service it has control over.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in phone_number should be parsed as if it were dialled from. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the send_attempt is a
number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that country + phone_number + client_secret
triple. This is to avoid repeatedly sending the same SMS in
the case of request retries between the POSTing user and the
identity server. The client should increment this value if
they desire a new SMS (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message has been sent to the specified phone number. Note that this may be an SMS message containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. This may include one of the following error codes:
|
403 |
The homeserver does not permit the address to be bound. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "The specified address is already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
Notes on password management
M_WEAK_PASSWORD
.
Adding Account Administrative Contact Information
A homeserver may keep some contact information for administrative use. This is independent of any information kept by any identity servers, though can be proxied (bound) to the identity server in many cases.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid
Gets a list of the third party identifiers that the homeserver has
associated with the user’s account.
This is not the same as the list of third party identifiers bound to
the user’s Matrix ID in identity servers.
Identifiers in this list may be used by the homeserver as, for example,
identifiers that it will accept to reset the user’s account password.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The lookup was successful. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
threepids |
[Third party identifier] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
added_at |
integer |
Required: The timestamp, in milliseconds, when the homeserver associated the third party identifier with the user. |
address |
string |
Required: The third party identifier address. |
medium |
enum |
Required: The medium of the third party identifier. One of: |
validated_at |
integer |
Required: The timestamp, in milliseconds, when the identifier was validated by the identity server. |
{
"threepids": [
{
"added_at": 1535336848756,
"address": "monkey@banana.island",
"medium": "email",
"validated_at": 1535176800000
}
]
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid
This API is deprecated and will be removed from a future release.
Adds contact information to the user’s account.
This endpoint is deprecated in favour of the more specific /3pid/add
and /3pid/bind
endpoints.
Note:
Previously this endpoint supported a bind
parameter. This parameter
has been removed, making this endpoint behave as though it was false
.
This results in this endpoint being an equivalent to /3pid/bind
rather
than dual-purpose.
/3pid/add
and /3pid/bind
endpoints.bind
parameter. This parameter
has been removed, making this endpoint behave as though it was false
.
This results in this endpoint being an equivalent to /3pid/bind
rather
than dual-purpose.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
three_pid_creds |
ThreePidCredentials |
Required: The third party credentials to associate with the account. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the identity server. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The identity server to use. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the identity server. |
Request body example
{
"three_pid_creds": {
"client_secret": "d0n'tT3ll",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "matrix.org",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
403 |
The credentials could not be verified with the identity server. |
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_AUTH_FAILED",
"error": "The third party credentials could not be verified by the identity server."
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/add
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Adds contact information to the user’s account. Homeservers should use 3PIDs added
through this endpoint for password resets instead of relying on the identity server.
Homeservers should prevent the caller from adding a 3PID to their account if it has
already been added to another user’s account on the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the homeserver. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the homeserver. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"client_secret": "d0n'tT3ll",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/bind
Binds a 3PID to the user’s account through the specified identity server.
Homeservers should not prevent this request from succeeding if another user
has bound the 3PID. Homeservers should simply proxy any errors received by
the identity server to the caller.
Homeservers should track successful binds so they can be unbound later.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: The client secret used in the session with the identity server. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The identity server to use. |
sid |
string |
Required: The session identifier given by the identity server. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "d0n'tT3ll",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "example.org",
"sid": "abc123987"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The addition was successful. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/delete
Removes a third party identifier from the user’s account. This might not
cause an unbind of the identifier from the identity server.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The third party address being removed. |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind from. If not provided, the homeserver
MUST use the id_server the identifier was added through. If the
homeserver does not know the original id_server , it MUST return
a id_server_unbind_result of no-support . |
medium |
enum |
Required: The medium of the third party identifier being removed. One of: |
Request body example
{
"address": "example@example.org",
"id_server": "example.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The homeserver has disassociated the third party identifier from the user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
enum |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the homeserver was able to unbind
the 3PID from the identity server. success indicates that the
indentity server has unbound the identifier whereas no-support
indicates that the identity server refuses to support the request
or the homeserver was not able to determine an identity server to
unbind from.One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/email/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given email address is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should
be used to request validation tokens when adding an email address to an
account. This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of
the /register/email/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate the email itself, either by
sending a validation email itself or by using a service it has control over.
/register/email/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate the email itself, either by
sending a validation email itself or by using a service it has control over.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
email |
string |
Required: The email address to validate. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an email if the send_attempt
is a number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that email + client_secret pair. This is to
avoid repeatedly sending the same email in the case of request
retries between the POSTing user and the identity server.
The client should increment this value if they desire a new
email (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. If they do not, the server
should respond with success but not resend the email. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"email": "foo@example.com",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An email was sent to the given address. Note that this may be an email containing the validation token or it may be informing the user of an error. |
400 |
The third party identifier is already in use on the homeserver, or
the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "Third party identifier already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/msisdn/requestToken
The homeserver must check that the given phone number is not
already associated with an account on this homeserver. This API should
be used to request validation tokens when adding a phone number to an
account. This API’s parameters and response are identical to that of
the /register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate the phone number itself,
either by sending a validation message itself or by using a service
it has control over.
/register/msisdn/requestToken
endpoint. The homeserver should validate the phone number itself,
either by sending a validation message itself or by using a service
it has control over.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
client_secret |
string |
Required: A unique string generated by the client, and used to identify the
validation attempt. It must be a string consisting of the characters
[0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Its length must not exceed 255 characters and it
must not be empty. |
country |
string |
Required: The two-letter uppercase ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 country code that the
number in phone_number should be parsed as if it were dialled from. |
id_access_token |
string |
An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. Required if an |
id_server |
string |
The hostname of the identity server to communicate with. May optionally include a port. This parameter is ignored when the homeserver handles 3PID verification. This parameter is deprecated with a plan to be removed in a future specification
version for |
next_link |
string |
Optional. When the validation is completed, the identity server will redirect the user to this URL. This option is ignored when submitting 3PID validation information through a POST request. |
phone_number |
string |
Required: The phone number to validate. |
send_attempt |
integer |
Required: The server will only send an SMS if the send_attempt is a
number greater than the most recent one which it has seen,
scoped to that country + phone_number + client_secret
triple. This is to avoid repeatedly sending the same SMS in
the case of request retries between the POSTing user and the
identity server. The client should increment this value if
they desire a new SMS (e.g. a reminder) to be sent. |
Request body example
{
"client_secret": "monkeys_are_GREAT",
"country": "GB",
"id_server": "id.example.com",
"next_link": "https://example.org/congratulations.html",
"phone_number": "07700900001",
"send_attempt": 1
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An SMS message was sent to the given phone number. |
400 |
The third party identifier is already in use on the homeserver, or
the request was invalid. The error code M_SERVER_NOT_TRUSTED
can be returned if the server does not trust/support the identity server
provided in the request. |
403 |
The homeserver does not allow the third party identifier as a contact option. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sid |
string |
Required: The session ID. Session IDs are opaque strings that must consist entirely
of the characters [0-9a-zA-Z.=_-] . Their length must not exceed 255
characters and they must not be empty. |
submit_url |
string |
An optional field containing a URL where the client must submit the
validation token to, with identical parameters to the Identity Service
API’s If this field is not present, the client can assume that verification
will happen without the client’s involvement provided the homeserver
advertises this specification version in the |
{
"sid": "123abc",
"submit_url": "https://example.org/path/to/submitToken"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_IN_USE",
"error": "Third party identifier already in use"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_THREEPID_DENIED",
"error": "Third party identifier is not allowed"
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/account/3pid/unbind
Removes a user’s third party identifier from the provided identity server
without removing it from the homeserver.
Unlike other endpoints, this endpoint does not take an id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.
id_access_token
parameter because the homeserver is expected to sign the request to the
identity server instead.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The third party address being removed. |
id_server |
string |
The identity server to unbind from. If not provided, the homeserver
MUST use the id_server the identifier was added through. If the
homeserver does not know the original id_server , it MUST return
a id_server_unbind_result of no-support . |
medium |
enum |
Required: The medium of the third party identifier being removed. One of: |
Request body example
{
"address": "example@example.org",
"id_server": "example.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The identity server has disassociated the third party identifier from the user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
id_server_unbind_result |
enum |
Required: An indicator as to whether or not the identity server was able to unbind
the 3PID. success indicates that the identity server has unbound the
identifier whereas no-support indicates that the identity server
refuses to support the request or the homeserver was not able to determine
an identity server to unbind from.One of: |
{
"id_server_unbind_result": "success"
}
Current account information
GET /_matrix/client/r0/account/whoami
Gets information about the owner of a given access token.
Note that, as with the rest of the Client-Server API,
Application Services may masquerade as users within their
namespace by giving a user_id
query parameter. In this
situation, the server should verify that the given user_id
is registered by the appservice, and return it in the response
body.
user_id
query parameter. In this
situation, the server should verify that the given user_id
is registered by the appservice, and return it in the response
body.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The token belongs to a known user. |
401 |
The token is not recognised |
403 |
The appservice cannot masquerade as the user or has not registered them. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
user_id |
string |
Required: The user id that owns the access token. |
{
"user_id": "@joe:example.org"
}
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN_TOKEN",
"error": "Unrecognised access token."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Application service has not registered this user."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Notes on identity servers
Identity servers in Matrix store bindings (relationships) between a user’s third party identifier, typically email or phone number, and their user ID. Once a user has chosen an identity server, that identity server should be used by all clients.
Clients can see which identity server the user has chosen through the
m.identity_server
account data event, as described below. Clients
SHOULD refrain from making requests to any identity server until the
presence of m.identity_server
is confirmed as (not) present. If
present, the client SHOULD check for the presence of the base_url
property in the event’s content. If the base_url
is present, the
client SHOULD use the identity server in that property as the identity
server for the user. If the base_url
is missing, or the account data
event is not present, the client SHOULD use whichever default value it
normally would for an identity server, if applicable. Clients SHOULD NOT
update the account data with the default identity server when the user
is missing an identity server in their account data.
Clients SHOULD listen for changes to the m.identity_server
account
data event and update the identity server they are contacting as a
result.
If the client offers a way to set the identity server to use, it MUST
update the value of m.identity_server
accordingly. A base_url
of
null
MUST be treated as though the user does not want to use an
identity server, disabling all related functionality as a result.
Clients SHOULD refrain from populating the account data as a migration
step for users who are lacking the account data, unless the user sets
the identity server within the client to a value. For example, a user
which has no m.identity_server
account data event should not end up
with the client’s default identity server in their account data, unless
the user first visits their account settings to set the identity server.
m.identity_server
Persists the user’s preferred identity server, or preference to not use
an identity server at all, in the user’s account data.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
base_url |
string |
The URL of the identity server the user prefers to use, or null
if the user does not want to use an identity server. This value is
similar in structure to the base_url for identity servers in the
.well-known/matrix/client schema. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"base_url": "https://example.org"
},
"type": "m.identity_server"
}
Capabilities negotiation
A homeserver may not support certain operations and clients must be able to query for what the homeserver can and can’t offer. For example, a homeserver may not support users changing their password as it is configured to perform authentication against an external system.
The capabilities advertised through this system are intended to
advertise functionality which is optional in the API, or which depend in
some way on the state of the user or server. This system should not be
used to advertise unstable or experimental features - this is better
done by the /versions
endpoint.
Some examples of what a reasonable capability could be are:
- Whether the server supports user presence.
- Whether the server supports optional features, such as the user or room directories.
- The rate limits or file type restrictions imposed on clients by the server.
Some examples of what should not be a capability are:
- Whether the server supports a feature in the
unstable
specification. - Media size limits - these are handled by the
/media/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/config
API. - Optional encodings or alternative transports for communicating with the server.
Capabilities prefixed with m.
are reserved for definition in the
Matrix specification while other values may be used by servers using the
Java package naming convention. The capabilities supported by the Matrix
specification are defined later in this section.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/capabilities
Gets information about the server’s supported feature set
and other relevant capabilities.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The capabilities of the server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
capabilities |
Capabilities |
Required: The custom capabilities the server supports, using the Java package naming convention. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.change_password |
ChangePasswordCapability |
Capability to indicate if the user can change their password. |
m.room_versions |
RoomVersionsCapability |
The room versions the server supports. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: True if the user can change their password, false otherwise. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
available |
{ string: RoomVersionStability} |
Required: A detailed description of the room versions the server supports. |
default |
string |
Required: The default room version the server is using for new rooms. |
{
"capabilities": {
"com.example.custom.ratelimit": {
"max_requests_per_hour": 600
},
"m.change_password": {
"enabled": false
},
"m.room_versions": {
"available": {
"1": "stable",
"2": "stable",
"3": "unstable",
"test-version": "unstable"
},
"default": "1"
}
}
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
m.change_password
capability
This capability has a single flag, enabled
, which indicates whether or
not the user can use the /account/password
API to change their
password. If not present, the client should assume that password changes
are possible via the API. When present, clients SHOULD respect the
capability’s enabled
flag and indicate to the user if they are unable
to change their password.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.change_password": {
"enabled": false
}
}
}
m.room_versions
capability
This capability describes the default and available room versions a server supports, and at what level of stability. Clients should make use of this capability to determine if users need to be encouraged to upgrade their rooms.
An example of the capability API’s response for this capability is:
{
"capabilities": {
"m.room_versions": {
"default": "1",
"available": {
"1": "stable",
"2": "stable",
"3": "unstable",
"custom-version": "unstable"
}
}
}
}
This capability mirrors the same restrictions of room
versions to describe which versions are
stable and unstable. Clients should assume that the default
version is
stable
. Any version not explicitly labelled as stable
in the
available
versions is to be treated as unstable
. For example, a
version listed as future-stable
should be treated as unstable
.
The default
version is the version the server is using to create new
rooms. Clients should encourage users with sufficient permissions in a
room to upgrade their room to the default
version when the room is
using an unstable
version.
When this capability is not listed, clients should use "1"
as the
default and only stable available
room version.
Pagination
Pagination is the process of dividing a dataset into multiple discrete
pages. Matrix makes use of pagination to allow clients to view extremely
large datasets. These datasets are not limited to events in a room (for
example clients may want to paginate a list of rooms in addition to
events within those rooms). Regardless of what is being paginated, there
is a common approach which is used to give clients an easy way of
selecting subsets of a potentially changing dataset. Each endpoint that
uses pagination may use different parameters. However the theme among
them is that they take a from
and to
token, and occasionally a
limit
and dir
. Together, these parameters describe the position in a
data set, where from
and to
are known as “stream tokens” matching
the regular expression [a-zA-Z0-9.=_-]+
. If supported, the dir
defines the direction of events to return: either forwards (f
) or
backwards (b
). The response may contain tokens that can be used for
retrieving results before or after the returned set. These tokens may be
called start or prev_batch for retrieving the previous result
set, or end, next_batch or next_token for retrieving the next result set.
In the following examples, ‘START’ and ‘END’ are placeholders to signify the start and end of the data sets respectively.
For example, if an endpoint had events E1 -> E15. The client wants the last 5 events and doesn’t know any previous events:
S E
|-E1-E2-E3-E4-E5-E6-E7-E8-E9-E10-E11-E12-E13-E14-E15-|
| | |
| _____| <--backwards-- |
|__________________ | | ________|
| | | |
GET /somepath?to=START&limit=5&dir=b&from=END
Returns:
E15,E14,E13,E12,E11
Another example: a public room list has rooms R1 -> R17. The client is showing 5 rooms at a time on screen, and is on page 2. They want to now show page 3 (rooms R11 -> 15):
S E
| 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 | stream token
|-R1-R2-R3-R4-R5-R6-R7-R8-R9-R10-R11-R12-R13-R14-R15-R16-R17| room
|____________| |________________|
| |
Currently |
viewing |
|
GET /roomslist?from=9&to=END&limit=5
Returns: R11,R12,R13,R14,R15
Note that tokens are treated in an exclusive, not inclusive, manner. The end token from the initial request was ‘9’ which corresponded to R10. When the 2nd request was made, R10 did not appear again, even though from=9 was specified. If you know the token, you already have the data.
Responses for pagination-capable endpoints SHOULD have a chunk
array
alongside the applicable stream tokens to represent the result set.
In general, when the end of a result set is reached the applicable
stream token will be excluded from the response. For example, if a user
was backwards-paginating events in a room they’d eventually reach the
first event in the room. In this scenario, the prev_batch
token would
be excluded from the response. Some paginated endpoints are open-ended
in one direction, such as endpoints which expose an event stream for an
active room. In this case, it is not possible for the client to reach
the true “end” of the data set and therefore should always be presented
with a token to keep moving forwards.
Filtering
Filters can be created on the server and can be passed as a parameter to APIs which return events. These filters alter the data returned from those APIs. Not all APIs accept filters.
Lazy-loading room members
Membership events often take significant resources for clients to track. In an effort to reduce the number of resources used, clients can enable “lazy-loading” for room members. By doing this, servers will attempt to only send membership events which are relevant to the client.
It is important to understand that lazy-loading is not intended to be a perfect optimisation, and that it may not be practical for the server to calculate precisely which membership events are relevant to the client. As a result, it is valid for the server to send redundant membership events to the client to ease implementation, although such redundancy should be minimised where possible to conserve bandwidth.
In terms of filters, lazy-loading is enabled by enabling
lazy_load_members
on a RoomEventFilter
(or a StateFilter
in the
case of /sync
only). When enabled, lazy-loading aware endpoints (see
below) will only include membership events for the sender
of events
being included in the response. For example, if a client makes a /sync
request with lazy-loading enabled, the server will only return
membership events for the sender
of events in the timeline, not all
members of a room.
When processing a sequence of events (e.g. by looping on /sync
or
paginating /messages
), it is common for blocks of events in the
sequence to share a similar set of senders. Rather than responses in the
sequence sending duplicate membership events for these senders to the
client, the server MAY assume that clients will remember membership
events they have already been sent, and choose to skip sending
membership events for members whose membership has not changed. These
are called ‘redundant membership events’. Clients may request that
redundant membership events are always included in responses by setting
include_redundant_members
to true in the filter.
The expected pattern for using lazy-loading is currently:
- Client performs an initial /sync with lazy-loading enabled, and receives only the membership events which relate to the senders of the events it receives.
- Clients which support display-name tab-completion or other
operations which require rapid access to all members in a room
should call /members for the currently selected room, with an
?at
parameter set to the /sync response’s from token. The member list for the room is then maintained by the state in subsequent incremental /sync responses. - Clients which do not support tab-completion may instead pull in
profiles for arbitrary users (e.g. read receipts, typing
notifications) on demand by querying the room state or
/profile
.
The current endpoints which support lazy-loading room members are:
API endpoints
POST /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/filter
Uploads a new filter definition to the homeserver.
Returns a filter ID that may be used in future requests to
restrict which events are returned to the client.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user uploading the filter. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user id. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
EventFilter |
The user account data that isn’t associated with rooms to include. |
event_fields |
[string] |
List of event fields to include. If this list is absent then all fields are included. The entries may include ‘.’ characters to indicate sub-fields. So [‘content.body’] will include the ‘body’ field of the ‘content’ object. A literal ‘.’ character in a field name may be escaped using a ‘\’. A server may include more fields than were requested. |
event_format |
enum |
The format to use for events. ‘client’ will return the events in a format suitable for clients. ‘federation’ will return the raw event as received over federation. The default is ‘client’. One of: |
presence |
EventFilter |
The presence updates to include. |
room |
RoomFilter |
Filters to be applied to room data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
RoomEventFilter |
The per user account data to include for rooms. |
ephemeral |
RoomEventFilter |
The events that aren’t recorded in the room history, e.g. typing and receipts, to include for rooms. |
include_leave |
boolean |
Include rooms that the user has left in the sync, default false |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. This filter is applied before the filters in ephemeral , state , timeline or account_data |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. This filter is applied before the filters in ephemeral , state , timeline or account_data |
state |
StateFilter |
The state events to include for rooms. |
timeline |
RoomEventFilter |
The message and state update events to include for rooms. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If true , includes only events with a url key in their content. If false , excludes those events. If omitted, url key is not considered for filtering. |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If true , sends all membership events for all events, even if they have already
been sent to the client. Does not
apply unless lazy_load_members is true . See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If true , enables lazy-loading of membership events. See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If true , includes only events with a url key in their content. If false , excludes those events. If omitted, url key is not considered for filtering. |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If true , sends all membership events for all events, even if they have already
been sent to the client. Does not
apply unless lazy_load_members is true . See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If true , enables lazy-loading of membership events. See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Request body example
{
"event_fields": [
"type",
"content",
"sender"
],
"event_format": "client",
"presence": {
"not_senders": [
"@alice:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.presence"
]
},
"room": {
"ephemeral": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.receipt",
"m.typing"
]
},
"state": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.*"
]
},
"timeline": {
"limit": 10,
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.message"
]
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The filter was created. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the filter that was created. Cannot start
with a { as this character is used to determine
if the filter provided is inline JSON or a previously
declared filter by homeservers on some APIs. |
{
"filter_id": "66696p746572"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/filter/{filterId}
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filterId |
string |
Required: The filter ID to download. |
userId |
string |
Required: The user ID to download a filter for. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The filter definition. |
404 |
Unknown filter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
EventFilter |
The user account data that isn’t associated with rooms to include. |
event_fields |
[string] |
List of event fields to include. If this list is absent then all fields are included. The entries may include ‘.’ characters to indicate sub-fields. So [‘content.body’] will include the ‘body’ field of the ‘content’ object. A literal ‘.’ character in a field name may be escaped using a ‘\’. A server may include more fields than were requested. |
event_format |
enum |
The format to use for events. ‘client’ will return the events in a format suitable for clients. ‘federation’ will return the raw event as received over federation. The default is ‘client’. One of: |
presence |
EventFilter |
The presence updates to include. |
room |
RoomFilter |
Filters to be applied to room data. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
RoomEventFilter |
The per user account data to include for rooms. |
ephemeral |
RoomEventFilter |
The events that aren’t recorded in the room history, e.g. typing and receipts, to include for rooms. |
include_leave |
boolean |
Include rooms that the user has left in the sync, default false |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. This filter is applied before the filters in ephemeral , state , timeline or account_data |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. This filter is applied before the filters in ephemeral , state , timeline or account_data |
state |
StateFilter |
The state events to include for rooms. |
timeline |
RoomEventFilter |
The message and state update events to include for rooms. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If true , includes only events with a url key in their content. If false , excludes those events. If omitted, url key is not considered for filtering. |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If true , sends all membership events for all events, even if they have already
been sent to the client. Does not
apply unless lazy_load_members is true . See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If true , enables lazy-loading of membership events. See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If true , includes only events with a url key in their content. If false , excludes those events. If omitted, url key is not considered for filtering. |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If true , sends all membership events for all events, even if they have already
been sent to the client. Does not
apply unless lazy_load_members is true . See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If true , enables lazy-loading of membership events. See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
{
"event_fields": [
"type",
"content",
"sender"
],
"event_format": "client",
"presence": {
"not_senders": [
"@alice:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.presence"
]
},
"room": {
"ephemeral": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.receipt",
"m.typing"
]
},
"state": {
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.*"
]
},
"timeline": {
"limit": 10,
"not_rooms": [
"!726s6s6q:example.com"
],
"not_senders": [
"@spam:example.com"
],
"types": [
"m.room.message"
]
}
}
}
Events
The model of conversation history exposed by the client-server API can be considered as a list of events. The server ‘linearises’ the eventually-consistent event graph of events into an ‘event stream’ at any given point in time:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]
The format of events can change depending on room version. Check the room version specification for specific details on what to expect for event formats. Examples contained within the client-server specification are expected to be compatible with all specified room versions, however some differences may still apply.
For this version of the specification, clients only need to worry about the event ID format being different depending on room version. Clients should not be parsing the event ID, and instead be treating it as an opaque string. No changes should be required to support the currently available room versions.
Types of room events
Room events are split into two categories:
State Events
These are events which update the metadata state of the room (e.g. room
topic, room membership etc). State is keyed by a tuple of event type
and a state_key
. State in the room with the same key-tuple will be
overwritten.
Message events
These are events which describe transient “once-off” activity in a room:
typically communication such as sending an instant message or setting up
a VoIP call.
This specification outlines several events, all with the event type
prefix m.
. (See Room Events for the m. event
specification.) However, applications may wish to add their own type of
event, and this can be achieved using the REST API detailed in the
following sections. If new events are added, the event type
key SHOULD
follow the Java package naming convention, e.g.
com.example.myapp.event
. This ensures event types are suitably
namespaced for each application and reduces the risk of clashes.
com.example.game.score
event can be
sent by clients and other clients would receive it through Matrix,
assuming the client has access to the com.example
namespace.
Note that the structure of these events may be different than those in the server-server API.
Event fields
Event
The basic set of fields all events must have.
Event
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Room event fields
Room event
Room Events have the following fields.
Room event
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
State Event Fields
In addition to the fields of a Room Event, State Events have the following fields.
Key | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
state_key | string | Required. A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event. State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user's ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
prev_content | EventContent | Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
Size limits
The complete event MUST NOT be larger than 65535 bytes, when formatted as a PDU for the Server-Server protocol, including any signatures, and encoded as Canonical JSON.
There are additional restrictions on sizes per key:
sender
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes (including domain).room_id
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.state_key
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.type
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.event_id
MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.
Some event types have additional size restrictions which are specified in the description of the event. Additional keys have no limit other than that implied by the total 65 KB limit on events.
Room Events
This specification outlines several standard event types, all of which
are prefixed with m.
m.room.canonical_alias
This event is used to inform the room about which alias should be
considered the canonical one, and which other aliases point to the room.
This could be for display purposes or as suggestion to users which alias
to use to advertise and access the room.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
The canonical alias for the room. If not present, null, or empty the room should be considered to have no canonical alias. |
alt_aliases |
[string] |
Alternative aliases the room advertises. This list can have aliases
despite the alias field being null, empty, or otherwise not present. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"alias": "#somewhere:localhost",
"alt_aliases": [
"#somewhere:example.org",
"#myroom:example.com"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.canonical_alias",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.create
This is the first event in a room and cannot be changed. It acts as the root of all other events.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
creator |
string |
Required: The user_id of the room creator. This is set by the homeserver. |
m.federate |
boolean |
Whether users on other servers can join this room. Defaults to true if key does not exist. |
predecessor |
Previous Room |
A reference to the room this room replaces, if the previous room was upgraded. |
room_version |
string |
The version of the room. Defaults to "1" if the key does not exist. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The event ID of the last known event in the old room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the old room. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.join_rules
A room may be public
meaning anyone can join the room without any prior action. Alternatively, it can be invite
meaning that a user who wishes to join the room must first receive an invite to the room from someone already inside of the room. Currently, knock
and private
are reserved keywords which are not implemented.
public
meaning anyone can join the room without any prior action. Alternatively, it can be invite
meaning that a user who wishes to join the room must first receive an invite to the room from someone already inside of the room. Currently, knock
and private
are reserved keywords which are not implemented.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
join_rule |
enum |
Required: The type of rules used for users wishing to join this room. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.member
Adjusts the membership state for a user in a room. It is preferable to use the membership APIs (/rooms/<room id>/invite
etc) when performing membership actions rather than adjusting the state directly as there are a restricted set of valid transformations. For example, user A cannot force user B to join a room, and trying to force this state change directly will fail.
The following membership states are specified:
-
invite
- The user has been invited to join a room, but has not yet joined it. They may not participate in the room until they join.
-
join
- The user has joined the room (possibly after accepting an invite), and may participate in it.
-
leave
- The user was once joined to the room, but has since left (possibly by choice, or possibly by being kicked).
-
ban
- The user has been banned from the room, and is no longer allowed to join it until they are un-banned from the room (by having their membership state set to a value other than ban
).
-
knock
- This is a reserved word, which currently has no meaning.
The third_party_invite
property will be set if this invite is an invite
event and is the successor of an m.room.third_party_invite
event, and absent otherwise.
This event may also include an invite_room_state
key inside the event’s unsigned
data.
If present, this contains an array of StrippedState
Events. These events provide information
on a subset of state events such as the room name.
The user for which a membership applies is represented by the state_key
. Under some conditions,
the sender
and state_key
may not match - this may be interpreted as the sender
affecting
the membership state of the state_key
user.
The membership
for a given user can change over time. The table below represents the various changes
over time and how clients and servers must interpret those changes. Previous membership can be retrieved
from the prev_content
object on an event. If not present, the user’s previous membership must be assumed
as leave
.
to invite
to join
to leave
to ban
to knock
from invite
No change.
User joined the room.
If the state_key
is the same as the sender
, the user rejected the invite. Otherwise, the state_key
user had their invite revoked.
User was banned.
Not implemented.
from join
Must never happen.
displayname
or avatar_url
changed.
If the state_key
is the same as the sender
, the user rejected the invite. Otherwise, the state_key
user was kicked.
User was kicked and banned.
Not implemented.
from leave
New invitation sent.
User joined.
No change.
User was banned.
Not implemented.
from ban
Must never happen.
Must never happen.
User was unbanned.
No change.
Not implemented.
from knock
Not implemented.
Not implemented.
Not implemented.
Not implemented.
Not implemented.
/rooms/<room id>/invite
etc) when performing membership actions rather than adjusting the state directly as there are a restricted set of valid transformations. For example, user A cannot force user B to join a room, and trying to force this state change directly will fail.invite
- The user has been invited to join a room, but has not yet joined it. They may not participate in the room until they join.
join
- The user has joined the room (possibly after accepting an invite), and may participate in it.
leave
- The user was once joined to the room, but has since left (possibly by choice, or possibly by being kicked).
ban
- The user has been banned from the room, and is no longer allowed to join it until they are un-banned from the room (by having their membership state set to a value other than ban
).
knock
- This is a reserved word, which currently has no meaning.
third_party_invite
property will be set if this invite is an invite
event and is the successor of an m.room.third_party_invite
event, and absent otherwise.invite_room_state
key inside the event’s unsigned
data.
If present, this contains an array of StrippedState
Events. These events provide information
on a subset of state events such as the room name.state_key
. Under some conditions,
the sender
and state_key
may not match - this may be interpreted as the sender
affecting
the membership state of the state_key
user.membership
for a given user can change over time. The table below represents the various changes
over time and how clients and servers must interpret those changes. Previous membership can be retrieved
from the prev_content
object on an event. If not present, the user’s previous membership must be assumed
as leave
.invite
join
leave
ban
knock
invite
state_key
is the same as the sender
, the user rejected the invite. Otherwise, the state_key
user had their invite revoked.join
displayname
or avatar_url
changed.state_key
is the same as the sender
, the user rejected the invite. Otherwise, the state_key
user was kicked.leave
ban
knock
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The user_id this membership event relates to. In all cases except for when membership is
join , the user ID sending the event does not need to match the user ID in the state_key ,
unlike other events. Regular authorisation rules still apply. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The avatar URL for this user, if any. |
displayname |
[string null] |
The display name for this user, if any. |
is_direct |
boolean |
Flag indicating if the room containing this event was created with the intention of being a direct chat. See Direct Messaging. |
membership |
enum |
Required: The membership state of the user. One of: |
reason |
string |
Optional user-supplied text for why their membership has changed. For kicks and bans, this is typically the reason for the kick or ban. For other membership changes, this is a way for the user to communicate their intent without having to send a message to the room, such as in a case where Bob rejects an invite from Alice about an upcoming concert, but can’t make it that day. Clients are not recommended to show this reason to users when receiving an invite due to the potential for spam and abuse. Hiding the reason behind a button or other component is recommended. |
third_party_invite |
Invite |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A name which can be displayed to represent the user instead of their third party identifier |
signed |
signed |
Required: A block of content which has been signed, which servers can use to verify the event. Clients should ignore this. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The invited matrix user ID. Must be equal to the user_id property of the event. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: A single signature from the verifying server, in the format specified by the Signing Events section of the server-server API. |
token |
string |
Required: The token property of the containing third_party_invite object. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "invite",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234,
"invite_room_state": [
{
"content": {
"name": "Example Room"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "invite"
},
"sender": "@bob:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules"
}
]
}
}
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "invite",
"third_party_invite": {
"display_name": "alice",
"signed": {
"mxid": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"magic.forest": {
"ed25519:3": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg"
}
},
"token": "abc123"
}
}
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.power_levels
This event specifies the minimum level a user must have in order to perform a
certain action. It also specifies the levels of each user in the room.
If a user_id
is in the users
list, then that user_id
has the
associated power level. Otherwise they have the default level
users_default
. If users_default
is not supplied, it is assumed to be
0. If the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event, the room’s creator has
a power level of 100, and all other users have a power level of 0.
The level required to send a certain event is governed by events
,
state_default
and events_default
. If an event type is specified in
events
, then the user must have at least the level specified in order to
send that event. If the event type is not supplied, it defaults to
events_default
for Message Events and state_default
for State
Events.
If there is no state_default
in the m.room.power_levels
event, the
state_default
is 50. If there is no events_default
in the
m.room.power_levels
event, the events_default
is 0. If the room
contains no m.room.power_levels
event, both the state_default
and
events_default
are 0.
The power level required to invite a user to the room, kick a user from the
room, ban a user from the room, or redact an event sent by another user, is
defined by invite
, kick
, ban
, and redact
, respectively. Each
of these levels defaults to 50 if they are not specified in the
m.room.power_levels
event, or if the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event.
NOTE:
As noted above, in the absence of an m.room.power_levels
event, the
state_default
is 0, and all users are considered to have power level 0.
That means that any member of the room can send an
m.room.power_levels
event, changing the permissions in the room.
Server implementations should therefore ensure that each room has an
m.room.power_levels
event as soon as it is created. See also the
documentation of the /createRoom
API.
user_id
is in the users
list, then that user_id
has the
associated power level. Otherwise they have the default level
users_default
. If users_default
is not supplied, it is assumed to be
0. If the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event, the room’s creator has
a power level of 100, and all other users have a power level of 0.events
,
state_default
and events_default
. If an event type is specified in
events
, then the user must have at least the level specified in order to
send that event. If the event type is not supplied, it defaults to
events_default
for Message Events and state_default
for State
Events.state_default
in the m.room.power_levels
event, the
state_default
is 50. If there is no events_default
in the
m.room.power_levels
event, the events_default
is 0. If the room
contains no m.room.power_levels
event, both the state_default
and
events_default
are 0.invite
, kick
, ban
, and redact
, respectively. Each
of these levels defaults to 50 if they are not specified in the
m.room.power_levels
event, or if the room contains no m.room.power_levels
event.m.room.power_levels
event, the
state_default
is 0, and all users are considered to have power level 0.
That means that any member of the room can send an
m.room.power_levels
event, changing the permissions in the room.m.room.power_levels
event as soon as it is created. See also the
documentation of the /createRoom
API.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ban |
integer |
The level required to ban a user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
events |
Event power levels |
The level required to send specific event types. This is a mapping from event type to power level required. |
events_default |
integer |
The default level required to send message events. Can be
overridden by the events key. Defaults to 0 if unspecified. |
invite |
integer |
The level required to invite a user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
kick |
integer |
The level required to kick a user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
notifications |
Notifications |
The power level requirements for specific notification types.
This is a mapping from key to power level for that notifications key. |
redact |
integer |
The level required to redact an event sent by another user. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
state_default |
integer |
The default level required to send state events. Can be overridden
by the events key. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
users |
User power levels |
The power levels for specific users. This is a mapping from user_id to power level for that user. |
users_default |
integer |
The default power level for every user in the room, unless their
user_id is mentioned in the users key. Defaults to 0 if
unspecified. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room |
integer |
The level required to trigger an @room notification. Defaults to 50 if unspecified. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Historical events
Some events within the m.
namespace might appear in rooms, however
they serve no significant meaning in this version of the specification.
They are:
m.room.aliases
Previous versions of the specification have more information on these events.
Syncing
To read events, the intended flow of operation is for clients to first
call the /sync
API without a since
parameter. This returns the
most recent message events for each room, as well as the state of the
room at the start of the returned timeline. The response also includes a
next_batch
field, which should be used as the value of the since
parameter in the next call to /sync
. Finally, the response includes,
for each room, a prev_batch
field, which can be passed as a start
parameter to the /rooms/<room_id>/messages
API to retrieve earlier
messages.
You can visualise the range of events being returned as:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]
^ ^
| |
prev_batch: '1-2-3' next_batch: 'a-b-c'
Clients then receive new events by “long-polling” the homeserver via the
/sync
API, passing the value of the next_batch
field from the
response to the previous call as the since
parameter. The client
should also pass a timeout
parameter. The server will then hold open
the HTTP connection for a short period of time waiting for new events,
returning early if an event occurs. Only the /sync
API (and the
deprecated /events
API) support long-polling in this way.
The response for such an incremental sync can be visualised as:
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]->[E6]
^ ^
| |
| next_batch: 'x-y-z'
prev_batch: 'a-b-c'
Normally, all new events which are visible to the client will appear in
the response to the /sync
API. However, if a large number of events
arrive between calls to /sync
, a “limited” timeline is returned,
containing only the most recent message events. A state “delta” is also
returned, summarising any state changes in the omitted part of the
timeline. The client may therefore end up with “gaps” in its knowledge
of the message timeline. The client can fill these gaps using the
/rooms/<room_id>/messages
API. This situation looks like this:
| gap |
| <-> |
[E0]->[E1]->[E2]->[E3]->[E4]->[E5]->[E6]->[E7]->[E8]->[E9]->[E10]
^ ^
| |
prev_batch: 'd-e-f' next_batch: 'u-v-w'
The /sync
API returns a state
list which is separate from the
timeline
. This state
list allows clients to keep their model of the
room state in sync with that on the server. In the case of an initial
(since
-less) sync, the state
list represents the complete state of
the room at the start of the returned timeline (so in the case of a
recently-created room whose state fits entirely in the timeline
, the
state
list will be empty).
In the case of an incremental sync, the state
list gives a delta
between the state of the room at the since
parameter and that at the
start of the returned timeline
. (It will therefore be empty unless the
timeline was limited
.)
In both cases, it should be noted that the events returned in the
state
list did not necessarily take place just before the returned
timeline
, so clients should not display them to the user in the
timeline.
An early design of this specification made the state
list represent
the room state at the end of the returned timeline, instead of the
start. This was unsatisfactory because it led to duplication of events
between the state
list and the timeline
, but more importantly, it
made it difficult for clients to show the timeline correctly.
In particular, consider a returned timeline [M0, S1, M2], where M0 and
M2 are both messages sent by the same user, and S1 is a state event
where that user changes their displayname. If the state
list
represents the room state at the end of the timeline, the client must
take a copy of the state dictionary, and rewind S1, in order to
correctly calculate the display name for M0.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/sync
Synchronise the client’s state with the latest state on the server.
Clients use this API when they first log in to get an initial snapshot
of the state on the server, and then continue to call this API to get
incremental deltas to the state, and to receive new messages.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading. See Filtering
for more information. Lazy-loading members is only supported on a StateFilter
for this endpoint. When lazy-loading is enabled, servers MUST include the
syncing user’s own membership event when they join a room, or when the
full state of rooms is requested, to aid discovering the user’s avatar &
displayname.
Further, like other members, the user’s own membership event is eligible
for being considered redundant by the server. When a sync is limited
,
the server MUST return membership events for events in the gap
(between since
and the start of the returned timeline), regardless
as to whether or not they are redundant. This ensures that joins/leaves
and profile changes which occur during the gap are not lost.
Note that the default behaviour of state
is to include all membership
events, alongside other state, when lazy-loading is not enabled.
StateFilter
for this endpoint. When lazy-loading is enabled, servers MUST include the
syncing user’s own membership event when they join a room, or when the
full state of rooms is requested, to aid discovering the user’s avatar &
displayname.limited
,
the server MUST return membership events for events in the gap
(between since
and the start of the returned timeline), regardless
as to whether or not they are redundant. This ensures that joins/leaves
and profile changes which occur during the gap are not lost.state
is to include all membership
events, alongside other state, when lazy-loading is not enabled.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
string |
The ID of a filter created using the filter API or a filter JSON
object encoded as a string. The server will detect whether it is
an ID or a JSON object by whether the first character is a See Filtering for more information. |
full_state |
boolean |
Controls whether to include the full state for all rooms the user is a member of. If this is set to If By default, this is |
set_presence |
enum |
Controls whether the client is automatically marked as online by
polling this API. If this parameter is omitted then the client is
automatically marked as online when it uses this API. Otherwise if
the parameter is set to “offline” then the client is not marked as
being online when it uses this API. When set to “unavailable”, the
client is marked as being idle. One of: |
since |
string |
A point in time to continue a sync from. |
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time to wait, in milliseconds, before returning this request. If no events (or other data) become available before this time elapses, the server will return a response with empty fields. By default, this is |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The initial snapshot or delta for the client to use to update their state. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The global private data created by this user. |
device_lists |
DeviceLists |
Information on end-to-end device updates, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
device_one_time_keys_count |
One-time keys count |
Information on end-to-end encryption keys, as specified in End-to-end encryption. |
next_batch |
string |
Required: The batch token to supply in the since param of the next
/sync request. |
presence |
Presence |
The updates to the presence status of other users. |
rooms |
Rooms |
Updates to rooms. |
to_device |
ToDevice |
Information on the send-to-device messages for the client device, as defined in Send-to-Device messaging. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
invite |
{ string: Invited Room} |
The rooms that the user has been invited to, mapped as room ID to room information. |
join |
{ string: Joined Room} |
The rooms that the user has joined, mapped as room ID to room information. |
leave |
{ string: Left Room} |
The rooms that the user has left or been banned from, mapped as room ID to room information. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
invite_state |
InviteState |
The state of a room that the user has been invited
to. These state events may only have the sender ,
type , state_key and content keys
present. These events do not replace any state that
the client already has for the room, for example if
the client has archived the room. Instead the
client should keep two separate copies of the
state: the one from the invite_state and one
from the archived state . If the client joins
the room then the current state will be given as a
delta against the archived state not the
invite_state . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[StrippedState] |
The StrippedState events that form the invite state. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The content for the event. |
sender |
string |
Required: The sender for the event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: The state_key for the event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type for the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
ephemeral |
Ephemeral |
The ephemeral events in the room that aren’t recorded in the timeline or state of the room. e.g. typing. |
state |
State |
Updates to the state, between the time indicated by
the N.B. state updates for |
summary |
RoomSummary |
Information about the room which clients may need to correctly render it to users. |
timeline |
Timeline |
The timeline of messages and state changes in the room. |
unread_notifications |
Unread Notification Counts |
Counts of unread notifications for this room. See the Receiving notifications section for more information on how these are calculated. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[Event] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[SyncStateEvent] |
List of events. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.heroes |
[string] |
The users which can be used to generate a room name
if the room does not have one. Required if the room’s
This should be the first 5 members of the room, ordered by stream ordering, which are joined or invited. The list must never include the client’s own user ID. When no joined or invited members are available, this should consist of the banned and left users. More than 5 members may be provided, however less than 5 should only be provided when there are less than 5 members to represent. When lazy-loading room members is enabled, the membership
events for the heroes MUST be included in the |
m.invited_member_count |
integer |
The number of users with membership of invite .
If this field has not changed since the last sync, it
may be omitted. Required otherwise. |
m.joined_member_count |
integer |
The number of users with membership of join ,
including the client’s own user ID. If this field has
not changed since the last sync, it may be omitted.
Required otherwise. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events |
[SyncRoomEvent] |
List of events. |
limited |
boolean |
True if the number of events returned was limited by the limit on the filter. |
prev_batch |
string |
A token that can be supplied to the from parameter of the rooms/{roomId}/messages endpoint. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
highlight_count |
Highlighted notification count |
The number of unread notifications for this room with the highlight flag set |
notification_count |
Total notification count |
The total number of unread notifications for this room |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
Account Data |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
state |
State |
The state updates for the room up to the start of the timeline. |
timeline |
Timeline |
The timeline of messages and state changes in the room up to the point when the user left. |
{
"account_data": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.config"
}
]
},
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"presence": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost:wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
]
},
"rooms": {
"invite": {
"!696r7674:example.com": {
"invite_state": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"name": "My Room Name"
},
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name"
},
{
"content": {
"membership": "invite"
},
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"state_key": "@bob:example.com",
"type": "m.room.member"
}
]
}
}
},
"join": {
"!726s6s6q:example.com": {
"account_data": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"u.work": {
"order": 0.9
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
},
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.room.config"
}
]
},
"ephemeral": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"user_ids": [
"@alice:matrix.org",
"@bob:example.com"
]
},
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"type": "m.typing"
}
]
},
"state": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
]
},
"summary": {
"m.heroes": [
"@alice:example.com",
"@bob:example.com"
],
"m.invited_member_count": 0,
"m.joined_member_count": 2
},
"timeline": {
"events": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"limited": true,
"prev_batch": "t34-23535_0_0"
}
}
},
"leave": {}
}
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/events
This API is deprecated and will be removed from a future release.
This will listen for new events and return them to the caller. This will
block until an event is received, or until the timeout
is reached.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients
should instead call the /sync
API with a since
parameter. See
the migration guide.
timeout
is reached./sync
API with a since
parameter. See
the migration guide.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
The token to stream from. This token is either from a previous request to this API or from the initial sync API. |
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for an event. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events received, which may be none. |
400 |
Bad pagination from parameter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[Event] |
An array of events. |
end |
string |
A token which correlates to the last value in chunk . This
token should be used in the next request to /events . |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the first value in chunk . This
is usually the same token supplied to from= . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"end": "s3457_9_0",
"start": "s3456_9_0"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/events/{eventId}
This API is deprecated and will be removed from a future release.
Get a single event based on event_id
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients
should instead call the /rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
API
or the /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
API.
event_id
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event./rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
API
or the /rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
API.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The full event. |
404 |
The event was not found or you do not have permission to read this event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/initialSync
This API is deprecated and will be removed from a future release.
This returns the full state for this user, with an optional limit on the
number of messages per room to return.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. Clients
should instead call the /sync
API with no since
parameter. See
the migration guide.
/sync
API with no since
parameter. See
the migration guide.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
archived |
boolean |
Whether to include rooms that the user has left. If false then
only rooms that the user has been invited to or has joined are
included. If set to true then rooms that the user has left are
included as well. By default this is false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of messages to return for each room. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user’s current state. |
404 |
There is no avatar URL for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The global private data created by this user. |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the last value in chunk . This
token should be used with the /events API to listen for new
events. |
presence |
[Event] |
Required: A list of presence events. |
rooms |
[RoomInfo] |
Required: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
invite |
InviteEvent |
The invite event if membership is invite |
membership |
enum |
Required: The user’s membership state in this room. One of: |
messages |
PaginationChunk |
The pagination chunk for this room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this room. |
state |
[StateEvent] |
If the user is a member of the room this will be the current state of the room as a list of events. If the user has left the room this will be the state of the room when they left it. |
visibility |
enum |
Whether this room is visible to the /publicRooms API
or not."One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: The user_id this membership event relates to. In all cases except for when membership is
join , the user ID sending the event does not need to match the user ID in the state_key ,
unlike other events. Regular authorisation rules still apply. |
type |
enum |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ One of: |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The avatar URL for this user, if any. |
displayname |
[string null] |
The display name for this user, if any. |
is_direct |
boolean |
Flag indicating if the room containing this event was created with the intention of being a direct chat. See Direct Messaging. |
membership |
enum |
Required: The membership state of the user. One of: |
reason |
string |
Optional user-supplied text for why their membership has changed. For kicks and bans, this is typically the reason for the kick or ban. For other membership changes, this is a way for the user to communicate their intent without having to send a message to the room, such as in a case where Bob rejects an invite from Alice about an upcoming concert, but can’t make it that day. Clients are not recommended to show this reason to users when receiving an invite due to the potential for spam and abuse. Hiding the reason behind a button or other component is recommended. |
third_party_invite |
Invite |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A name which can be displayed to represent the user instead of their third party identifier |
signed |
signed |
Required: A block of content which has been signed, which servers can use to verify the event. Clients should ignore this. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The invited matrix user ID. Must be equal to the user_id property of the event. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: A single signature from the verifying server, in the format specified by the Signing Events section of the server-server API. |
token |
string |
Required: The token property of the containing third_party_invite object. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
invite_room_state |
[StrippedState] |
A subset of the state of the room at the time of the invite, if membership is invite . Note that this state is informational, and SHOULD NOT be trusted; once the client has joined the room, it SHOULD fetch the live state from the server and discard the invite_room_state. Also, clients must not rely on any particular state being present here; they SHOULD behave properly (with possibly a degraded but not a broken experience) in the absence of any particular events here. If they are set on the room, at least the state for m.room.avatar , m.room.canonical_alias , m.room.join_rules , and m.room.name SHOULD be included. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The content for the event. |
sender |
string |
Required: The sender for the event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: The state_key for the event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type for the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[RoomEvent] |
Required: If the user is a member of the room this will be a
list of the most recent messages for this room. If
the user has left the room this will be the
messages that preceeded them leaving. This array
will consist of at most limit elements. |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the last value in chunk .
Used for pagination. |
start |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the first value in chunk .
Used for pagination. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.config"
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"presence": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost:wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
],
"rooms": [
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"work": {
"order": 1
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
},
{
"content": {
"custom_config_key": "custom_config_value"
},
"type": "org.example.custom.room.config"
}
],
"membership": "join",
"messages": {
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"start": "t44-3453_9_0"
},
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost"
},
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!TmaZBKYIFrIPVGoUYp:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"visibility": "private"
}
]
}
Getting events for a room
There are several APIs provided to GET
events for a room:
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/event/{eventId}
Get a single event based on roomId/eventId
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event.
roomId/eventId
. You must have permission to
retrieve this event e.g. by being a member in the room for this event.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to get. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room the event is in. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The full event. |
404 |
The event was not found or you do not have permission to read this event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:matrix.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Event not found."
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/joined_members
This API returns a map of MXIDs to member info objects for members of the room. The current user must be in the room for it to work, unless it is an Application Service in which case any of the AS’s users must be in the room. This API is primarily for Application Services and should be faster to respond than /members
as it can be implemented more efficiently on the server.
/members
as it can be implemented more efficiently on the server.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the members of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A map of MXID to room member objects. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
joined |
{ string: RoomMember} |
A map from user ID to a RoomMember object. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The mxc avatar url of the user this object is representing. |
display_name |
string |
The display name of the user this object is representing. |
{
"joined": {
"@bar:example.com": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://riot.ovh/printErCATzZijQsSDWorRaK",
"display_name": "Bar"
}
}
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/members
Get the list of members for this room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the member events for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
at |
string |
The point in time (pagination token) to return members for in the room.
This token can be obtained from a prev_batch token returned for
each room by the sync API. Defaults to the current state of the room,
as determined by the server. |
membership |
enum |
The kind of membership to filter for. Defaults to no filtering if
unspecified. When specified alongside not_membership , the two
parameters create an ‘or’ condition: either the membership is
the same as membership or is not the same as not_membership .One of: |
not_membership |
enum |
The kind of membership to exclude from the results. Defaults to no
filtering if unspecified. One of: |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of members of the room. If you are joined to the room then this will be the current members of the room. If you have left the room then this will be the members of the room when you left. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[MemberEvent] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: The user_id this membership event relates to. In all cases except for when membership is
join , the user ID sending the event does not need to match the user ID in the state_key ,
unlike other events. Regular authorisation rules still apply. |
type |
enum |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ One of: |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The avatar URL for this user, if any. |
displayname |
[string null] |
The display name for this user, if any. |
is_direct |
boolean |
Flag indicating if the room containing this event was created with the intention of being a direct chat. See Direct Messaging. |
membership |
enum |
Required: The membership state of the user. One of: |
reason |
string |
Optional user-supplied text for why their membership has changed. For kicks and bans, this is typically the reason for the kick or ban. For other membership changes, this is a way for the user to communicate their intent without having to send a message to the room, such as in a case where Bob rejects an invite from Alice about an upcoming concert, but can’t make it that day. Clients are not recommended to show this reason to users when receiving an invite due to the potential for spam and abuse. Hiding the reason behind a button or other component is recommended. |
third_party_invite |
Invite |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A name which can be displayed to represent the user instead of their third party identifier |
signed |
signed |
Required: A block of content which has been signed, which servers can use to verify the event. Clients should ignore this. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The invited matrix user ID. Must be equal to the user_id property of the event. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: A single signature from the verifying server, in the format specified by the Signing Events section of the server-server API. |
token |
string |
Required: The token property of the containing third_party_invite object. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
invite_room_state |
[StrippedState] |
A subset of the state of the room at the time of the invite, if membership is invite . Note that this state is informational, and SHOULD NOT be trusted; once the client has joined the room, it SHOULD fetch the live state from the server and discard the invite_room_state. Also, clients must not rely on any particular state being present here; they SHOULD behave properly (with possibly a degraded but not a broken experience) in the absence of any particular events here. If they are set on the room, at least the state for m.room.avatar , m.room.canonical_alias , m.room.join_rules , and m.room.name SHOULD be included. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
Required: The content for the event. |
sender |
string |
Required: The sender for the event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: The state_key for the event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type for the event. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
]
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/state
Get the state events for the current state of a room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to look up the state for. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The current state of the room |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Array of StateEvent
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
[
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
]
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
Looks up the contents of a state event in a room. If the user is
joined to the room then the state is taken from the current
state of the room. If the user has left the room then the state is
taken from the state of the room when they left.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of state to look up. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to look up the state in. |
stateKey |
string |
Required: The key of the state to look up. Defaults to an empty string. When an empty string, the trailing slash on this endpoint is optional. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content of the state event. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
404 |
The room has no state with the given type or key. |
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/messages
This API returns a list of message and state events for a room. It uses
pagination query parameters to paginate history in the room.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading of room member events. See
Lazy-loading room members for more information.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get events from. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
dir |
enum |
Required: The direction to return events from. One of: |
filter |
string |
A JSON RoomEventFilter to filter returned events with. |
from |
string |
Required: The token to start returning events from. This token can be obtained
from a prev_batch token returned for each room by the sync API,
or from a start or end token returned by a previous request
to this endpoint. |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. Default: 10. |
to |
string |
The token to stop returning events at. This token can be obtained from
a prev_batch token returned for each room by the sync endpoint,
or from a start or end token returned by a previous request to
this endpoint. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of messages with a new token to request more. |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[RoomEvent] |
A list of room events. The order depends on the dir parameter.
For dir=b events will be in reverse-chronological order,
for dir=f in chronological order, so that events start
at the from point. |
end |
string |
The token the pagination ends at. If dir=b this token should
be used again to request even earlier events. |
start |
string |
The token the pagination starts from. If dir=b this will be
the token supplied in from . |
state |
[StateEvent] |
A list of state events relevant to showing the Unless |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"name": "The room name"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"end": "t47409-4357353_219380_26003_2265",
"start": "t47429-4392820_219380_26003_2265"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/initialSync
This API is deprecated and will be removed from a future release.
Get a copy of the current state and the most recent messages in a room.
This endpoint was deprecated in r0 of this specification. There is no
direct replacement; the relevant information is returned by the
/sync
. See the migration guide.
/sync
. See the migration guide.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get the data. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The current state of the room |
403 |
You aren’t a member of the room and weren’t previously a member of the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
account_data |
[Event] |
The private data that this user has attached to this room. |
membership |
enum |
The user’s membership state in this room. One of: |
messages |
PaginationChunk |
The pagination chunk for this room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this room. |
state |
[StateEvent] |
If the user is a member of the room this will be the current state of the room as a list of events. If the user has left the room this will be the state of the room when they left it. |
visibility |
enum |
Whether this room is visible to the /publicRooms API
or not."One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[RoomEvent] |
Required: If the user is a member of the room this will be a
list of the most recent messages for this room. If
the user has left the room this will be the
messages that preceeded them leaving. This array
will consist of at most limit elements. |
end |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the last value in chunk .
Used for pagination. |
start |
string |
Required: A token which correlates to the first value in chunk .
Used for pagination. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"account_data": [
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"work": {
"order": "1"
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
}
],
"membership": "join",
"messages": {
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"end": "s3456_9_0",
"start": "t44-3453_9_0"
},
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"join_rule": "public"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.join_rules",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"ban": 50,
"events": {
"m.room.name": 100,
"m.room.power_levels": 100
},
"events_default": 0,
"invite": 50,
"kick": 50,
"notifications": {
"room": 20
},
"redact": 50,
"state_default": 50,
"users": {
"@example:localhost": 100
},
"users_default": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.power_levels",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"visibility": "private"
}
Sending events to a room
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/state/{eventType}/{stateKey}
State events can be sent using this endpoint. These events will be
overwritten if <room id>
, <event type>
and <state key>
all
match.
Requests to this endpoint cannot use transaction IDs
like other PUT
paths because they cannot be differentiated from the
state_key
. Furthermore, POST
is unsupported on state paths.
The body of the request should be the content object of the event; the
fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. See
Room Events for the m.
event specification.
If the event type being sent is m.room.canonical_alias
servers
SHOULD ensure that any new aliases being listed in the event are valid
per their grammar/syntax and that they point to the room ID where the
state event is to be sent. Servers do not validate aliases which are
being removed or are already present in the state event.
<room id>
, <event type>
and <state key>
all
match.PUT
paths because they cannot be differentiated from the
state_key
. Furthermore, POST
is unsupported on state paths.m.
event specification.m.room.canonical_alias
servers
SHOULD ensure that any new aliases being listed in the event are valid
per their grammar/syntax and that they point to the room ID where the
state event is to be sent. Servers do not validate aliases which are
being removed or are already present in the state event.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to set the state in |
stateKey |
string |
Required: The state_key for the state to send. Defaults to the empty string. When an empty string, the trailing slash on this endpoint is optional. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the sent event. |
400 |
The sender’s request is malformed. Some example error codes include:
|
403 |
The sender doesn’t have permission to send the event into the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwRidLecu:example.com"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_BAD_ALIAS",
"error": "The alias '#hello:example.org' does not point to this room."
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have permission to send the event."
}
Examples
Valid requests look like:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.example.event
{ "key" : "without a state key" }
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/foo
{ "key" : "with 'foo' as the state key" }
In contrast, these requests are invalid:
POST /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.example.event/
{ "key" : "cannot use POST here" }
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/foo/11
{ "key" : "txnIds are not supported" }
Care should be taken to avoid setting the wrong state key
:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.another.example.event/11
{ "key" : "with '11' as the state key, but was probably intended to be a txnId" }
The state_key
is often used to store state about individual users, by
using the user ID as the state_key
value. For example:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.favorite.animal.event/%40my_user%3Aexample.org
{ "animal" : "cat", "reason": "fluffy" }
In some cases, there may be no need for a state_key
, so it can be
omitted:
PUT /rooms/!roomid:domain/state/m.room.bgd.color
{ "color": "red", "hex": "#ff0000" }
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId}
This endpoint is used to send a message event to a room. Message events
allow access to historical events and pagination, making them suited
for “once-off” activity in a room.
The body of the request should be the content object of the event; the
fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. See
Room Events for the m. event specification.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to send the event to. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate an ID unique across requests with the same access token; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"body": "hello",
"msgtype": "m.text"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the sent event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwRidLecu:example.com"
}
Redactions
Since events are extensible it is possible for malicious users and/or
servers to add keys that are, for example offensive or illegal. Since
some events cannot be simply deleted, e.g. membership events, we instead
‘redact’ events. This involves removing all keys from an event that are
not required by the protocol. This stripped down event is thereafter
returned anytime a client or remote server requests it. Redacting an
event cannot be undone, allowing server owners to delete the offending
content from the databases. Events that have been redacted include a
redacted_because
key whose value is the event that caused it to be
redacted, which may include a reason.
The exact algorithm to apply against an event is defined in the room version specification.
The server should add the event causing the redaction to the unsigned
property of the redacted event, under the redacted_because
key. When a
client receives a redaction event it should change the redacted event in
the same way a server does.
join
event will still result in the user being
considered joined. Similarly, a redacted topic does not necessarily
cause the topic to revert to what is was prior to the event - it causes
the topic to be removed from the room.
Events
m.room.redaction
This event is created by the server to describe which event has been redacted, by whom, and optionally why. The event that has been redacted is specified in the redacts
event level key. Redacting an event means that all keys not required by the protocol are stripped off, allowing messages to be hidden or allowing admins to remove offensive or illegal content.
redacts
event level key. Redacting an event means that all keys not required by the protocol are stripped off, allowing messages to be hidden or allowing admins to remove offensive or illegal content.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason for the redaction, if any. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"reason": "Spamming"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"redacts": "$fukweghifu23:localhost",
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.redaction",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/redact/{eventId}/{txnId}
Strips all information out of an event which isn’t critical to the
integrity of the server-side representation of the room.
This cannot be undone.
Any user with a power level greater than or equal to the m.room.redaction
event power level may send redaction events in the room. If the user’s power
level greater is also greater than or equal to the redact
power level
of the room, the user may redact events sent by other users.
Server administrators may redact events sent by users on their server.
m.room.redaction
event power level may send redaction events in the room. If the user’s power
level greater is also greater than or equal to the redact
power level
of the room, the user may redact events sent by other users.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The ID of the event to redact |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room from which to redact the event. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate a unique ID; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason for the event being redacted. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Indecent material"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An ID for the redaction event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
A unique identifier for the event. |
{
"event_id": "$YUwQidLecu:example.com"
}
Rooms
Creation
The homeserver will create an m.room.create
event when a room is
created, which serves as the root of the event graph for this room. This
event also has a creator
key which contains the user ID of the room
creator. It will also generate several other events in order to manage
permissions in this room. This includes:
-
m.room.power_levels
: Sets the power levels of users and required power
levels for various actions within the room such as sending events. -
m.room.join_rules
: Whether the room is “invite-only” or not.
See Room Events for more information on these events. To create a room, a client has to use the following API.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/createRoom
Create a new room with various configuration options.
The server MUST apply the normal state resolution rules when creating
the new room, including checking power levels for each event. It MUST
apply the events implied by the request in the following order:
-
The m.room.create
event itself. Must be the first event in the
room.
-
An m.room.member
event for the creator to join the room. This is
needed so the remaining events can be sent.
-
A default m.room.power_levels
event, giving the room creator
(and not other members) permission to send state events. Overridden
by the power_level_content_override
parameter.
-
Events set by the preset
. Currently these are the m.room.join_rules
,
m.room.history_visibility
, and m.room.guest_access
state events.
-
Events listed in initial_state
, in the order that they are
listed.
-
Events implied by name
and topic
(m.room.name
and m.room.topic
state events).
-
Invite events implied by invite
and invite_3pid
(m.room.member
with
membership: invite
and m.room.third_party_invite
).
The available presets do the following with respect to room state:
Preset
join_rules
history_visibility
guest_access
Other
private_chat
invite
shared
can_join
trusted_private_chat
invite
shared
can_join
All invitees are given the same power level as the room creator.
public_chat
public
shared
forbidden
The server will create a m.room.create
event in the room with the
requesting user as the creator, alongside other keys provided in the
creation_content
.
The m.room.create
event itself. Must be the first event in the
room.
An m.room.member
event for the creator to join the room. This is
needed so the remaining events can be sent.
A default m.room.power_levels
event, giving the room creator
(and not other members) permission to send state events. Overridden
by the power_level_content_override
parameter.
Events set by the preset
. Currently these are the m.room.join_rules
,
m.room.history_visibility
, and m.room.guest_access
state events.
Events listed in initial_state
, in the order that they are
listed.
Events implied by name
and topic
(m.room.name
and m.room.topic
state events).
Invite events implied by invite
and invite_3pid
(m.room.member
with
membership: invite
and m.room.third_party_invite
).
join_rules
history_visibility
guest_access
private_chat
invite
shared
can_join
trusted_private_chat
invite
shared
can_join
public_chat
public
shared
forbidden
m.room.create
event in the room with the
requesting user as the creator, alongside other keys provided in the
creation_content
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
creation_content |
CreationContent |
Extra keys, such as m.federate , to be added to the content
of the m.room.create event. The server will clobber the following
keys: creator , room_version . Future versions of the specification
may allow the server to clobber other keys. |
initial_state |
[StateEvent] |
A list of state events to set in the new room. This allows the user to override the default state events set in the new room. The expected format of the state events are an object with type, state_key and content keys set. Takes precedence over events set by |
invite |
[string] |
A list of user IDs to invite to the room. This will tell the server to invite everyone in the list to the newly created room. |
invite_3pid |
[Invite3pid] |
A list of objects representing third party IDs to invite into the room. |
is_direct |
boolean |
This flag makes the server set the is_direct flag on the
m.room.member events sent to the users in invite and
invite_3pid . See Direct Messaging for more information. |
name |
string |
If this is included, an m.room.name event will be sent
into the room to indicate the name of the room. See Room
Events for more information on m.room.name . |
power_level_content_override |
Power Level Event Content |
The power level content to override in the default power level event. This object is applied on top of the generated m.room.power_levels event content prior to it being sent to the room. Defaults to overriding nothing. |
preset |
enum |
Convenience parameter for setting various default state events based on a preset. If unspecified, the server should use the One of: |
room_alias_name |
string |
The desired room alias local part. If this is included, a
room alias will be created and mapped to the newly created
room. The alias will belong on the same homeserver which
created the room. For example, if this was set to “foo” and
sent to the homeserver “example.com” the complete room alias
would be The complete room alias will become the canonical alias for the room. |
room_version |
string |
The room version to set for the room. If not provided, the homeserver is
to use its configured default. If provided, the homeserver will return a
400 error with the errcode M_UNSUPPORTED_ROOM_VERSION if it does not
support the room version. |
topic |
string |
If this is included, an m.room.topic event will be sent
into the room to indicate the topic for the room. See Room
Events for more information on m.room.topic . |
visibility |
enum |
A public visibility indicates that the room will be shown
in the published room list. A private visibility will hide
the room from the published room list. Rooms default to
private visibility if this key is not included. NB: This
should not be confused with join_rules which also uses the
word public .One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The content of the event. |
state_key |
string |
The state_key of the state event. Defaults to an empty string. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The invitee’s third party identifier. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The hostname+port of the identity server which should be used for third party identifier lookups. |
medium |
string |
Required: The kind of address being passed in the address field, for example email . |
Request body example
{
"creation_content": {
"m.federate": false
},
"name": "The Grand Duke Pub",
"preset": "public_chat",
"room_alias_name": "thepub",
"room_version": "1",
"topic": "All about happy hour"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Information about the newly created room. |
400 |
The request is invalid. A meaningful
|
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The created room’s ID. |
{
"room_id": "!sefiuhWgwghwWgh:example.com"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
Room aliases
Servers may host aliases for rooms with human-friendly names. Aliases
take the form #friendlyname:server.name
.
As room aliases are scoped to a particular homeserver domain name, it is
likely that a homeserver will reject attempts to maintain aliases on
other domain names. This specification does not provide a way for
homeservers to send update requests to other servers. However,
homeservers MUST handle GET
requests to resolve aliases on other
servers; they should do this using the federation API if necessary.
Rooms do not store a list of all aliases present on a room, though
members of the room with relevant permissions may publish preferred
aliases through the m.room.canonical_alias
state event. The aliases in
the state event should point to the room ID they are published within,
however room aliases can and do drift to other room IDs over time.
Clients SHOULD NOT treat the aliases as accurate. They SHOULD be checked
before they are used or shared with another user. If a room appears to
have a room alias of #alias:example.com
, this SHOULD be checked to
make sure that the room’s ID matches the room_id
returned from the
request.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Requests that the server resolve a room alias to a room ID.
The server will use the federation API to resolve the alias if the
domain part of the alias does not correspond to the server’s own
domain.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room ID and other information for this alias. |
404 |
There is no mapped room ID for this room alias. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
The room ID for this room alias. |
servers |
[string] |
A list of servers that are aware of this room alias. |
{
"room_id": "!abnjk1jdasj98:capuchins.com",
"servers": [
"capuchins.com",
"matrix.org",
"another.com"
]
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:matrix.org not found."
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias to set. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The room ID to set. |
Request body example
{
"room_id": "!abnjk1jdasj98:capuchins.com"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mapping was created. |
409 |
A room alias with that name already exists. |
409 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:matrix.org already exists."
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/directory/room/{roomAlias}
Remove a mapping of room alias to room ID.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks here, for instance that
room aliases can only be deleted by their creator or a server administrator.
Note:
Servers may choose to update the alt_aliases
for the m.room.canonical_alias
state event in the room when an alias is removed. Servers which choose to update the
canonical alias event are recommended to, in addition to their other relevant permission
checks, delete the alias and return a successful response even if the user does not
have permission to update the m.room.canonical_alias
event.
alt_aliases
for the m.room.canonical_alias
state event in the room when an alias is removed. Servers which choose to update the
canonical alias event are recommended to, in addition to their other relevant permission
checks, delete the alias and return a successful response even if the user does not
have permission to update the m.room.canonical_alias
event.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomAlias |
string |
Required: The room alias to remove. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The mapping was deleted. |
404 |
There is no mapped room ID for this room alias. |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room alias #monkeys:example.org not found."
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/aliases
Get a list of aliases maintained by the local server for the
given room.
This endpoint can be called by users who are in the room (external
users receive an M_FORBIDDEN
error response). If the room’s
m.room.history_visibility
maps to world_readable
, any
user can call this endpoint.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks here,
such as allowing server administrators to view aliases regardless of
membership.
Note:
Clients are recommended not to display this list of aliases prominently
as they are not curated, unlike those listed in the m.room.canonical_alias
state event.
M_FORBIDDEN
error response). If the room’s
m.room.history_visibility
maps to world_readable
, any
user can call this endpoint.m.room.canonical_alias
state event.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID to find local aliases of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of local aliases for the room. |
403 |
The user is not permitted to retrieve the list of local aliases for the room. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
aliases |
[string] |
Required: The server’s local aliases on the room. Can be empty. |
{
"aliases": [
"#somewhere:example.com",
"#another:example.com",
"#hat_trick:example.com"
]
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not a member of the room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Permissions
Permissions for rooms are done via the concept of power levels - to do
any action in a room a user must have a suitable power level. Power
levels are stored as state events in a given room. The power levels
required for operations and the power levels for users are defined in
m.room.power_levels
, where both a default and specific users' power
levels can be set. By default all users have a power level of 0, other
than the room creator whose power level defaults to 100. Users can grant
other users increased power levels up to their own power level. For
example, user A with a power level of 50 could increase the power level
of user B to a maximum of level 50. Power levels for users are tracked
per-room even if the user is not present in the room. The keys contained
in m.room.power_levels
determine the levels required for certain
operations such as kicking, banning and sending state events. See
m.room.power_levels for more information.
Clients may wish to assign names to particular power levels. A suggested mapping is as follows: - 0 User - 50 Moderator - 100 Admin
Room membership
Users need to be a member of a room in order to send and receive events in that room. There are several states in which a user may be, in relation to a room:
- Unrelated (the user cannot send or receive events in the room)
- Invited (the user has been invited to participate in the room, but is not yet participating)
- Joined (the user can send and receive events in the room)
- Banned (the user is not allowed to join the room)
There is an exception to the requirement that a user join a room before
sending events to it: users may send an m.room.member
event to a room
with content.membership
set to leave
to reject an invitation if they
have currently been invited to a room but have not joined it.
Some rooms require that users be invited to it before they can join;
others allow anyone to join. Whether a given room is an “invite-only”
room is determined by the room config key m.room.join_rules
. It can
have one of the following values:
public
This room is free for anyone to join without an invite.
invite
This room can only be joined if you were invited.
The allowable state transitions of membership are:
/ban
+------------------------------------------------------+
| |
| +----------------+ +----------------+ |
| | /leave | | | |
| | v v | |
/invite +--------+ +-------+ | |
------------>| invite |<----------| leave |----+ | |
+--------+ /invite +-------+ | | |
| | ^ | | |
| | | | | |
/join | +---------------+ | | | |
| | /join if | | | |
| | join_rules | | /ban | /unban |
| | public /leave | | | |
v v or | | | |
+------+ /kick | | | |
------------>| join |-------------------+ | | |
/join +------+ v | |
if | +-----+ | |
join_rules +-------------------------->| ban |-----+ |
public /ban +-----+ |
^ ^ |
| | |
----------------------------------------------+ +----------------------+
/ban
GET /_matrix/client/r0/joined_rooms
This API returns a list of the user’s current rooms.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms the user is in. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
joined_rooms |
[string] |
Required: The ID of each room in which the user has joined membership. |
{
"joined_rooms": [
"!foo:example.com"
]
}
Joining rooms
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/invite
Note that there are two forms of this API, which are documented separately.
This version of the API requires that the inviter knows the Matrix
identifier of the invitee. The other is documented in the
third party invites section.
This API invites a user to participate in a particular room.
They do not start participating in the room until they actually join the
room.
Only users currently in a particular room can invite other users to
join that room.
If the user was invited to the room, the homeserver will append a
m.room.member
event to the room.
m.room.member
event to the room.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to which to invite the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the reason on the subsequent
membership event. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the invitee. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Welcome to the team!",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been invited to join the room. |
400 |
The request is invalid. A meaningful
|
403 |
You do not have permission to invite the user to the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org is banned from the room"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/join/{roomIdOrAlias}
Note that this API takes either a room ID or alias, unlike /room/{roomId}/join
.
This API starts a user participating in a particular room, if that user
is allowed to participate in that room. After this call, the client is
allowed to see all current state events in the room, and all subsequent
events associated with the room until the user leaves the room.
After a user has joined a room, the room will appear as an entry in the
response of the /initialSync
and
/sync
APIs.
/room/{roomId}/join
./initialSync
and
/sync
APIs.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomIdOrAlias |
string |
Required: The room identifier or alias to join. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
server_name |
[] |
The servers to attempt to join the room through. One of the servers must be participating in the room. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the reason on the subsequent
membership event. |
third_party_signed |
Third Party Signed |
If a third_party_signed was supplied, the homeserver must verify
that it matches a pending m.room.third_party_invite event in the
room, and perform key validity checking if required by the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the invitee. |
sender |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the user who issued the invite. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: A signatures object containing a signature of the entire signed object. |
token |
string |
Required: The state key of the m.third_party_invite event. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Looking for support",
"third_party_signed": {
"mxid": "@bob:example.org",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"example.org": {
"ed25519:0": "some9signature"
}
},
"token": "random8nonce"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been joined. The joined room ID must be returned in the |
403 |
You do not have permission to join the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The joined room ID. |
{
"room_id": "!d41d8cd:matrix.org"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not invited to this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/join
Note that this API requires a room ID, not alias.
/join/{roomIdOrAlias}
exists if you have a room alias.
This API starts a user participating in a particular room, if that user
is allowed to participate in that room. After this call, the client is
allowed to see all current state events in the room, and all subsequent
events associated with the room until the user leaves the room.
After a user has joined a room, the room will appear as an entry in the
response of the /initialSync
and /sync
APIs.
/join/{roomIdOrAlias}
exists if you have a room alias./initialSync
and /sync
APIs.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to join. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the reason on the subsequent
membership event. |
third_party_signed |
Third Party Signed |
If supplied, the homeserver must verify that it matches a pending
m.room.third_party_invite event in the room, and perform
key validity checking if required by the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mxid |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the invitee. |
sender |
string |
Required: The Matrix ID of the user who issued the invite. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: A signatures object containing a signature of the entire signed object. |
token |
string |
Required: The state key of the m.third_party_invite event. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Looking for support",
"third_party_signed": {
"mxid": "@bob:example.org",
"sender": "@alice:example.org",
"signatures": {
"example.org": {
"ed25519:0": "some9signature"
}
},
"token": "random8nonce"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been joined. The joined room ID must be returned in the |
403 |
You do not have permission to join the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_id |
string |
Required: The joined room ID. |
{
"room_id": "!d41d8cd:matrix.org"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not invited to this room."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Leaving rooms
A user can leave a room to stop receiving events for that room. A user
must have been invited to or have joined the room before they are
eligible to leave the room. Leaving a room to which the user has been
invited rejects the invite. Once a user leaves a room, it will no longer
appear in the response to the /sync
API unless it is explicitly
requested via a filter with the include_leave
field set to true
.
Whether or not they actually joined the room, if the room is an “invite-only” room the user will need to be re-invited before they can re-join the room.
A user can also forget a room which they have left. Rooms which have
been forgotten will never appear the response to the /sync
API,
until the user re-joins or is re-invited.
A user may wish to force another user to leave a room. This can be done by ‘kicking’ the other user. To do so, the user performing the kick MUST have the required power level. Once a user has been kicked, the behaviour is the same as if they had left of their own accord. In particular, the user is free to re-join if the room is not “invite-only”.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/forget
This API stops a user remembering about a particular room.
In general, history is a first class citizen in Matrix. After this API
is called, however, a user will no longer be able to retrieve history
for this room. If all users on a homeserver forget a room, the room is
eligible for deletion from that homeserver.
If the user is currently joined to the room, they must leave the room
before calling this API.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier to forget. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been forgotten. |
400 |
The user has not left the room |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "User @example:matrix.org is in room !au1ba7o:matrix.org"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/leave
This API stops a user participating in a particular room.
If the user was already in the room, they will no longer be able to see
new events in the room. If the room requires an invite to join, they
will need to be re-invited before they can re-join.
If the user was invited to the room, but had not joined, this call
serves to reject the invite.
The user will still be allowed to retrieve history from the room which
they were previously allowed to see.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier to leave. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the reason on the subsequent
membership event. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Saying farewell - thanks for the support!"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room has been left. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/kick
Kick a user from the room.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Kicking a user adjusts the target member’s membership state to be leave
with an
optional reason
. Like with other membership changes, a user can directly adjust
the target member’s state by making a request to /rooms/<room id>/state/m.room.member/<user id>
.
leave
with an
optional reason
. Like with other membership changes, a user can directly adjust
the target member’s state by making a request to /rooms/<room id>/state/m.room.member/<user id>
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be kicked. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the user has been kicked. This will be supplied as the
reason on the target’s updated m.room.member event. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being kicked. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Telling unfunny jokes",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been kicked from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to kick the user from the room. A meaningful
|
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to kick from this room."
}
Banning users in a room
A user may decide to ban another user in a room. ‘Banning’ forces the
target user to leave the room and prevents them from re-joining the
room. A banned user will not be treated as a joined user, and so will
not be able to send or receive events in the room. In order to ban
someone, the user performing the ban MUST have the required power level.
To ban a user, a request should be made to /rooms/<room_id>/ban
with:
{
"user_id": "<user id to ban>",
"reason": "string: <reason for the ban>"
}
Banning a user adjusts the banned member’s membership state to ban
.
Like with other membership changes, a user can directly adjust the
target member’s state, by making a request to
/rooms/<room id>/state/m.room.member/<user id>
:
{
"membership": "ban"
}
A user must be explicitly unbanned with a request to
/rooms/<room_id>/unban
before they can re-join the room or be
re-invited.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/ban
Ban a user in the room. If the user is currently in the room, also kick them.
When a user is banned from a room, they may not join it or be invited to it until they are unbanned.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be banned. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the user has been banned. This will be supplied as the reason on the target’s updated m.room.member event. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being banned. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "Telling unfunny jokes",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been kicked and banned from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to ban the user from the room. A meaningful
|
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to ban from this room."
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/unban
Unban a user from the room. This allows them to be invited to the room,
and join if they would otherwise be allowed to join according to its join rules.
The caller must have the required power level in order to perform this operation.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) from which the user should be unbanned. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
Optional reason to be included as the reason on the subsequent
membership event. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The fully qualified user ID of the user being unbanned. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "They've been banned long enough",
"user_id": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been unbanned from the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to unban the user from the room. A meaningful
|
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You do not have a high enough power level to unban from this room."
}
Listing rooms
GET /_matrix/client/r0/directory/list/room/{roomId}
Gets the visibility of a given room on the server’s public room directory.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The visibility of the room in the directory |
404 |
The room is not known to the server |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
visibility |
enum |
The visibility of the room in the directory. One of: |
{
"visibility": "public"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room not found"
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/directory/list/room/{roomId}
Sets the visibility of a given room in the server’s public room
directory.
Servers may choose to implement additional access control checks
here, for instance that room visibility can only be changed by
the room creator or a server administrator.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
visibility |
enum |
The new visibility setting for the room.
Defaults to ‘public’. One of: |
Request body example
{
"visibility": "public"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The visibility was updated, or no change was needed. |
404 |
The room is not known to the server |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Room not found"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/publicRooms
Lists the public rooms on the server.
This API returns paginated responses. The rooms are ordered by the number
of joined members, with the largest rooms first.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
Limit the number of results returned. |
server |
string |
The server to fetch the public room lists from. Defaults to the local server. |
since |
string |
A pagination token from a previous request, allowing clients to get the next (or previous) batch of rooms. The direction of pagination is specified solely by which token is supplied, rather than via an explicit flag. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms on the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
PublicRoomsChunks |
Required: A paginated chunk of public rooms. |
next_batch |
string |
A pagination token for the response. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
A pagination token that allows fetching previous results. The absence of this token means there are no results before this batch, i.e. this is the first batch. |
total_room_count_estimate |
integer |
An estimate on the total number of public rooms, if the server has an estimate. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
aliases |
[string] |
Aliases of the room. May be empty. |
avatar_url |
string |
The URL for the room’s avatar, if one is set. |
canonical_alias |
string |
The canonical alias of the room, if any. |
guest_can_join |
boolean |
Required: Whether guest users may join the room and participate in it. If they can, they will be subject to ordinary power level rules like any other user. |
name |
string |
The name of the room, if any. |
num_joined_members |
integer |
Required: The number of members joined to the room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room. |
topic |
string |
The topic of the room, if any. |
world_readable |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room may be viewed by guest users without joining. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"aliases": [
"#murrays:cheese.bar"
],
"avatar_url": "mxc://bleeker.street/CHEDDARandBRIE",
"guest_can_join": false,
"name": "CHEESE",
"num_joined_members": 37,
"room_id": "!ol19s:bleecker.street",
"topic": "Tasty tasty cheese",
"world_readable": true
}
],
"next_batch": "p190q",
"prev_batch": "p1902",
"total_room_count_estimate": 115
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/publicRooms
Lists the public rooms on the server, with optional filter.
This API returns paginated responses. The rooms are ordered by the number
of joined members, with the largest rooms first.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
server |
string |
The server to fetch the public room lists from. Defaults to the local server. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
Filter |
Filter to apply to the results. |
include_all_networks |
boolean |
Whether or not to include all known networks/protocols from application services on the homeserver. Defaults to false. |
limit |
integer |
Limit the number of results returned. |
since |
string |
A pagination token from a previous request, allowing clients to get the next (or previous) batch of rooms. The direction of pagination is specified solely by which token is supplied, rather than via an explicit flag. |
third_party_instance_id |
string |
The specific third party network/protocol to request from the
homeserver. Can only be used if include_all_networks is false. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
generic_search_term |
string |
A string to search for in the room metadata, e.g. name, topic, canonical alias etc. (Optional). |
Request body example
{
"filter": {
"generic_search_term": "foo"
},
"include_all_networks": false,
"limit": 10,
"third_party_instance_id": "irc"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A list of the rooms on the server. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
PublicRoomsChunks |
Required: A paginated chunk of public rooms. |
next_batch |
string |
A pagination token for the response. The absence of this token means there are no more results to fetch and the client should stop paginating. |
prev_batch |
string |
A pagination token that allows fetching previous results. The absence of this token means there are no results before this batch, i.e. this is the first batch. |
total_room_count_estimate |
integer |
An estimate on the total number of public rooms, if the server has an estimate. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
aliases |
[string] |
Aliases of the room. May be empty. |
avatar_url |
string |
The URL for the room’s avatar, if one is set. |
canonical_alias |
string |
The canonical alias of the room, if any. |
guest_can_join |
boolean |
Required: Whether guest users may join the room and participate in it. If they can, they will be subject to ordinary power level rules like any other user. |
name |
string |
The name of the room, if any. |
num_joined_members |
integer |
Required: The number of members joined to the room. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room. |
topic |
string |
The topic of the room, if any. |
world_readable |
boolean |
Required: Whether the room may be viewed by guest users without joining. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"aliases": [
"#murrays:cheese.bar"
],
"avatar_url": "mxc://bleeker.street/CHEDDARandBRIE",
"guest_can_join": false,
"name": "CHEESE",
"num_joined_members": 37,
"room_id": "!ol19s:bleecker.street",
"topic": "Tasty tasty cheese",
"world_readable": true
}
],
"next_batch": "p190q",
"prev_batch": "p1902",
"total_room_count_estimate": 115
}
User Data
User Directory
POST /_matrix/client/r0/user_directory/search
Performs a search for users. The homeserver may
determine which subset of users are searched, however the homeserver
MUST at a minimum consider the users the requesting user shares a
room with and those who reside in public rooms (known to the homeserver).
The search MUST consider local users to the homeserver, and SHOULD
query remote users as part of the search.
The search is performed case-insensitively on user IDs and display
names preferably using a collation determined based upon the
Accept-Language
header provided in the request, if present.
Accept-Language
header provided in the request, if present.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of results to return. Defaults to 10. |
search_term |
string |
Required: The term to search for |
Request body example
{
"limit": 10,
"search_term": "foo"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The results of the search. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
limited |
boolean |
Required: Indicates if the result list has been truncated by the limit. |
results |
[User] |
Required: Ordered by rank and then whether or not profile info is available. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The avatar url, as an MXC, if one exists. |
display_name |
string |
The display name of the user, if one exists. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The user’s matrix user ID. |
{
"limited": false,
"results": [
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://bar.com/foo",
"display_name": "Foo",
"user_id": "@foo:bar.com"
}
]
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Profiles
GET /_matrix/client/r0/profile/{userId}
Get the combined profile information for this user. This API may be used
to fetch the user’s own profile information or other users; either
locally or on remote homeservers. This API may return keys which are not
limited to displayname
or avatar_url
.
displayname
or avatar_url
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose profile information to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The avatar URL for this user. |
404 |
There is no profile information for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The user’s avatar URL if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
displayname |
string |
The user’s display name if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/SDGdghriugerRg",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/profile/{userId}/avatar_url
Get the user’s avatar URL. This API may be used to fetch the user’s
own avatar URL or to query the URL of other users; either locally or
on remote homeservers.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose avatar URL to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The avatar URL for this user. |
404 |
There is no avatar URL for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The user’s avatar URL if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/SDGdghriugerRg"
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/profile/{userId}/avatar_url
This API sets the given user’s avatar URL. You must have permission to
set this user’s avatar URL, e.g. you need to have their access_token
.
access_token
.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose avatar URL to set. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The new avatar URL for this user. |
Request body example
{
"avatar_url": "mxc://matrix.org/wefh34uihSDRGhw34"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The avatar URL was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/profile/{userId}/displayname
Get the user’s display name. This API may be used to fetch the user’s
own displayname or to query the name of other users; either locally or
on remote homeservers.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose display name to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The display name for this user. |
404 |
There is no display name for this user or this user does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
displayname |
string |
The user’s display name if they have set one, otherwise not present. |
{
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/profile/{userId}/displayname
This API sets the given user’s display name. You must have permission to
set this user’s display name, e.g. you need to have their access_token
.
access_token
.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose display name to set. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
displayname |
string |
The new display name for this user. |
Request body example
{
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The display name was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Events on Change of Profile Information
Because the profile display name and avatar information are likely to be used in many places of a client’s display, changes to these fields cause an automatic propagation event to occur, informing likely-interested parties of the new values. This change is conveyed using two separate mechanisms:
- a
m.room.member
event (with ajoin
membership) is sent to every room the user is a member of, to update thedisplayname
andavatar_url
. - a
m.presence
presence status update is sent, again containing the new values of thedisplayname
andavatar_url
keys, in addition to the requiredpresence
key containing the current presence state of the user.
Both of these should be done automatically by the homeserver when a user successfully changes their display name or avatar URL fields.
Additionally, when homeservers emit room membership events for their own users, they should include the display name and avatar URL fields in these events so that clients already have these details to hand, and do not have to perform extra round trips to query it.
Security
Rate limiting
Homeservers SHOULD implement rate limiting to reduce the risk of being overloaded. If a request is refused due to rate limiting, it should return a standard error response of the form:
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "string",
"retry_after_ms": integer (optional)
}
The retry_after_ms
key SHOULD be included to tell the client how long
they have to wait in milliseconds before they can try again.
[1] A request to an endpoint that uses User-Interactive Authentication
never succeeds without auth. Homeservers may allow requests that don’t
require auth by offering a stage with only the m.login.dummy
auth
type, but they must still give a 401 response to requests with no auth
data.
Modules
Modules are parts of the Client-Server API which are not universal to all endpoints. Modules are strictly defined within this specification and should not be mistaken for experimental extensions or optional features. A compliant server implementation MUST support all modules and supporting specification (unless the implementation only targets clients of certain profiles, in which case only the required modules for those feature profiles MUST be implemented). A compliant client implementation MUST support all the required modules and supporting specification for the Feature Profile it targets.
Feature Profiles
Matrix supports many different kinds of clients: from embedded IoT devices to desktop clients. Not all clients can provide the same feature sets as other clients e.g. due to lack of physical hardware such as not having a screen. Clients can fall into one of several profiles and each profile contains a set of features that the client MUST support. This section details a set of “feature profiles”. Clients are expected to implement a profile in its entirety in order for it to be classified as that profile.
Summary
Module / Profile | Web | Mobile | Desktop | CLI | Embedded |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Instant Messaging | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Direct Messaging | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Mentions | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Presence | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Push Notifications | Optional | Required | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Receipts | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Fully read markers | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Typing Notifications | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
VoIP | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Ignoring Users | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Reporting Content | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Content Repository | Required | Required | Required | Optional | Optional |
Managing History Visibility | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Server Side Search | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Room Upgrades | Required | Required | Required | Required | Optional |
Server Administration | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Event Context | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Third Party Networks | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Send-to-Device Messaging | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Device Management | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
End-to-End Encryption | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Guest Accounts | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Room Previews | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Client Config | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
SSO Login | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
OpenID | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Stickers | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server ACLs | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Server Notices | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Moderation policies | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional | Optional |
Please see each module for more details on what clients need to implement.
Instant Messaging
This module adds support for sending human-readable messages to a room. It also adds support for associating human-readable information with the room itself such as a room name and topic.
Events
m.room.message
This event is used when sending messages in a room. Messages are not limited to be text. The msgtype
key outlines the type of message, e.g. text, audio, image, video, etc. The body
key is text and MUST be used with every kind of msgtype
as a fallback mechanism for when a client cannot render a message. This allows clients to display something even if it is just plain text.
msgtype
key outlines the type of message, e.g. text, audio, image, video, etc. The body
key is text and MUST be used with every kind of msgtype
as a fallback mechanism for when a client cannot render a message. This allows clients to display something even if it is just plain text.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The textual representation of this message. |
msgtype |
string |
Required: The type of message, e.g. m.image , m.text |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Bee Gees - Stayin' Alive",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"mimetype": "audio/mpeg",
"size": 1563685
},
"msgtype": "m.audio",
"url": "mxc://example.org/ffed755USFFxlgbQYZGtryd"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "thinks this is an example emote",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "thinks \u003cb\u003ethis\u003c/b\u003e is an example emote",
"msgtype": "m.emote"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "filename.jpg",
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "Big Ben, London, UK",
"geo_uri": "geo:51.5008,0.1247",
"info": {
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"msgtype": "m.location"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example notice",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "This is an \u003cstrong\u003eexample\u003c/strong\u003e notice",
"msgtype": "m.notice"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"admin_contact": "mailto:server.admin@example.org",
"body": "Human-readable message to explain the notice",
"limit_type": "monthly_active_user",
"msgtype": "m.server_notice",
"server_notice_type": "m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.message.feedback
NB: Usage of this event is discouraged in favour of the receipts module. Most clients will not recognise this event. Feedback events are events sent to acknowledge a message in some way. There are two supported acknowledgements: delivered
(sent when the event has been received) and read
(sent when the event has been observed by the end-user). The target_event_id
should reference the m.room.message
event being acknowledged.
delivered
(sent when the event has been received) and read
(sent when the event has been observed by the end-user). The target_event_id
should reference the m.room.message
event being acknowledged.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
target_event_id |
string |
Required: The event that this feedback is related to. |
type |
enum |
Required: The type of feedback. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"target_event_id": "$WEIGFHFW:localhost",
"type": "delivered"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message.feedback",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Usage of this event is discouraged for several reasons:
- The number of feedback events will grow very quickly with the number of users in the room. This event provides no way to “batch” feedback, unlike the receipts module.
- Pairing feedback to messages gets complicated when paginating as feedback arrives before the message it is acknowledging.
- There are no guarantees that the client has seen the event ID being acknowledged.
m.room.name
A room has an opaque room ID which is not human-friendly to read. A room
alias is human-friendly, but not all rooms have room aliases. The room name
is a human-friendly string designed to be displayed to the end-user. The
room name is not unique, as multiple rooms can have the same room name set.
A room with an m.room.name
event with an absent, null, or empty
name
field should be treated the same as a room with no m.room.name
event.
An event of this type is automatically created when creating a room using
/createRoom
with the name
key.
m.room.name
event with an absent, null, or empty
name
field should be treated the same as a room with no m.room.name
event./createRoom
with the name
key.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name |
string |
Required: The name of the room. This MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"name": "The room name"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.name",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.topic
A topic is a short message detailing what is currently being discussed in the room. It can also be used as a way to display extra information about the room, which may not be suitable for the room name. The room topic can also be set when creating a room using /createRoom
with the topic
key.
/createRoom
with the topic
key.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
topic |
string |
Required: The topic text. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"topic": "A room topic"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.topic",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.avatar
A picture that is associated with the room. This can be displayed alongside the room information.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
info |
ImageInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in url . |
url |
string |
Required: The URL to the image. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically MXC URI) to a thumbnail of the image. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.avatar",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.pinned_events
This event is used to “pin” particular events in a room for other participants to review later. The order of the pinned events is guaranteed and based upon the order supplied in the event. Clients should be aware that the current user may not be able to see some of the events pinned due to visibility settings in the room. Clients are responsible for determining if a particular event in the pinned list is displayable, and have the option to not display it if it cannot be pinned in the client.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
pinned |
[string] |
Required: An ordered list of event IDs to pin. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"pinned": [
"$someevent:example.org"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.pinned_events",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.message msgtypes
Each m.room.message MUST have a msgtype
key which identifies the
type of message being sent. Each type has their own required and
optional keys, as outlined below. If a client cannot display the given
msgtype
then it SHOULD display the fallback plain text body
key
instead.
Some message types support HTML in the event content that clients should
prefer to display if available. Currently m.text
, m.emote
, and
m.notice
support an additional format
parameter of
org.matrix.custom.html
. When this field is present, a formatted_body
with the HTML must be provided. The plain text version of the HTML
should be provided in the body
.
Clients should limit the HTML they render to avoid Cross-Site Scripting,
HTML injection, and similar attacks. The strongly suggested set of HTML
tags to permit, denying the use and rendering of anything else, is:
font
, del
, h1
, h2
, h3
, h4
, h5
, h6
, blockquote
, p
,
a
, ul
, ol
, sup
, sub
, li
, b
, i
, u
, strong
, em
,
strike
, code
, hr
, br
, div
, table
, thead
, tbody
, tr
,
th
, td
, caption
, pre
, span
, img
.
Not all attributes on those tags should be permitted as they may be
avenues for other disruption attempts, such as adding onclick
handlers
or excessively large text. Clients should only permit the attributes
listed for the tags below. Where data-mx-bg-color
and data-mx-color
are listed, clients should translate the value (a 6-character hex color
code) to the appropriate CSS/attributes for the tag.
font
data-mx-bg-color
, data-mx-color
span
data-mx-bg-color
, data-mx-color
a
name
, target
, href
(provided the value is not relative and has a
scheme matching one of: https
, http
, ftp
, mailto
, magnet
)
img
width
, height
, alt
, title
, src
(provided it is a Matrix
Content (MXC) URI)
ol
start
code
class
(only classes which start with language-
for syntax
highlighting)
Additionally, web clients should ensure that all a
tags get a
rel="noopener"
to prevent the target page from referencing the
client’s tab/window.
Tags must not be nested more than 100 levels deep. Clients should only support the subset of tags they can render, falling back to other representations of the tags where possible. For example, a client may not be able to render tables correctly and instead could fall back to rendering tab-delimited text.
In addition to not rendering unsafe HTML, clients should not emit unsafe HTML in events. Likewise, clients should not generate HTML that is not needed, such as extra paragraph tags surrounding text due to Rich Text Editors. HTML included in events should otherwise be valid, such as having appropriate closing tags, appropriate attributes (considering the custom ones defined in this specification), and generally valid structure.
A special tag, mx-reply
, may appear on rich replies (described below)
and should be allowed if, and only if, the tag appears as the very first
tag in the formatted_body
. The tag cannot be nested and cannot be
located after another tag in the tree. Because the tag contains HTML, an
mx-reply
is expected to have a partner closing tag and should be
treated similar to a div
. Clients that support rich replies will end
up stripping the tag and its contents and therefore may wish to exclude
the tag entirely.
m.text
This message is the most basic message and is used to represent text.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The body of the message. |
format |
string |
The format used in the formatted_body . Currently only
org.matrix.custom.html is supported. |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the body . This is required if format
is specified. |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.emote
This message is similar to m.text
except that the sender is ‘performing’ the action contained in the body
key, similar to /me
in IRC. This message should be prefixed by the name of the sender. This message could also be represented in a different colour to distinguish it from regular m.text
messages.
m.text
except that the sender is ‘performing’ the action contained in the body
key, similar to /me
in IRC. This message should be prefixed by the name of the sender. This message could also be represented in a different colour to distinguish it from regular m.text
messages.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The emote action to perform. |
format |
string |
The format used in the formatted_body . Currently only
org.matrix.custom.html is supported. |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the body . This is required if format
is specified. |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "thinks this is an example emote",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "thinks \u003cb\u003ethis\u003c/b\u003e is an example emote",
"msgtype": "m.emote"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.notice
The m.notice
type is primarily intended for responses from automated clients. An m.notice
message must be treated the same way as a regular m.text
message with two exceptions. Firstly, clients should present m.notice
messages to users in a distinct manner, and secondly, m.notice
messages must never be automatically responded to. This helps to prevent infinite-loop situations where two automated clients continuously exchange messages.
m.notice
type is primarily intended for responses from automated clients. An m.notice
message must be treated the same way as a regular m.text
message with two exceptions. Firstly, clients should present m.notice
messages to users in a distinct manner, and secondly, m.notice
messages must never be automatically responded to. This helps to prevent infinite-loop situations where two automated clients continuously exchange messages.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: The notice text to send. |
format |
string |
The format used in the formatted_body . Currently only
org.matrix.custom.html is supported. |
formatted_body |
string |
The formatted version of the body . This is required if format
is specified. |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example notice",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "This is an \u003cstrong\u003eexample\u003c/strong\u003e notice",
"msgtype": "m.notice"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.image
This message represents a single image and an optional thumbnail.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A textual representation of the image. This could be the alt text of the image, the filename of the image, or some kind of content description for accessibility e.g. ‘image attachment’. |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. |
info |
ImageInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in url . |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically MXC URI) to the image. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically MXC URI) to a thumbnail of the image. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "filename.jpg",
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.file
This message represents a generic file.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A human-readable description of the file. This is recommended to be the filename of the original upload. |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. |
filename |
string |
The original filename of the uploaded file. |
info |
FileInfo |
Information about the file referred to in url . |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically MXC URI) to the file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the file e.g. application/msword . |
size |
integer |
The size of the file in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL to the thumbnail of the file. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.audio
This message represents a single audio clip.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A description of the audio e.g. ‘Bee Gees - Stayin’ Alive', or some kind of content description for accessibility e.g. ‘audio attachment’. |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. |
info |
AudioInfo |
Metadata for the audio clip referred to in url . |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically MXC URI) to the audio clip. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
duration |
integer |
The duration of the audio in milliseconds. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the audio e.g. audio/aac . |
size |
integer |
The size of the audio clip in bytes. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Bee Gees - Stayin' Alive",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"mimetype": "audio/mpeg",
"size": 1563685
},
"msgtype": "m.audio",
"url": "mxc://example.org/ffed755USFFxlgbQYZGtryd"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.location
This message represents a real-world location.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A description of the location e.g. ‘Big Ben, London, UK’, or some kind of content description for accessibility e.g. ‘location attachment’. |
geo_uri |
string |
Required: A geo URI representing this location. |
info |
LocationInfo |
|
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL to the thumbnail of the file. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Big Ben, London, UK",
"geo_uri": "geo:51.5008,0.1247",
"info": {
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"msgtype": "m.location"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.video
This message represents a single video clip.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A description of the video e.g. ‘Gangnam style’, or some kind of content description for accessibility e.g. ‘video attachment’. |
file |
EncryptedFile |
Required if the file is encrypted. Information on the encrypted file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. |
info |
VideoInfo |
Metadata about the video clip referred to in url . |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
url |
string |
Required if the file is unencrypted. The URL (typically MXC URI) to the video clip. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
duration |
integer |
The duration of the video in milliseconds. |
h |
integer |
The height of the video in pixels. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the video e.g. video/mp4 . |
size |
integer |
The size of the video in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically MXC URI) to an image thumbnail of the video clip. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
w |
integer |
The width of the video in pixels. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Gangnam Style",
"info": {
"duration": 2140786,
"h": 320,
"mimetype": "video/mp4",
"size": 1563685,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 300,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 46144,
"w": 300
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"w": 480
},
"msgtype": "m.video",
"url": "mxc://example.org/a526eYUSFFxlgbQYZmo442"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients SHOULD verify the structure of incoming events to ensure that
the expected keys exist and that they are of the right type. Clients can
discard malformed events or display a placeholder message to the user.
Redacted m.room.message
events MUST be removed from the client. This
can either be replaced with placeholder text (e.g. “[REDACTED]") or
the redacted message can be removed entirely from the messages view.
Events which have attachments (e.g. m.image
, m.file
) SHOULD be
uploaded using the content repository module where available. The
resulting mxc://
URI can then be used in the url
key.
Clients MAY include a client generated thumbnail image for an attachment
under a info.thumbnail_url
key. The thumbnail SHOULD also be a
mxc://
URI. Clients displaying events with attachments can either use
the client generated thumbnail or ask its homeserver to generate a
thumbnail from the original attachment using the content repository
module.
Recommendations when sending messages
In the event of send failure, clients SHOULD retry requests using an exponential-backoff algorithm for a certain amount of time T. It is recommended that T is no longer than 5 minutes. After this time, the client should stop retrying and mark the message as “unsent”. Users should be able to manually resend unsent messages.
Users may type several messages at once and send them all in quick succession. Clients SHOULD preserve the order in which they were sent by the user. This means that clients should wait for the response to the previous request before sending the next request. This can lead to head-of-line blocking. In order to reduce the impact of head-of-line blocking, clients should use a queue per room rather than a global queue, as ordering is only relevant within a single room rather than between rooms.
Local echo
Messages SHOULD appear immediately in the message view when a user presses the “send” button. This should occur even if the message is still sending. This is referred to as “local echo”. Clients SHOULD implement “local echo” of messages. Clients MAY display messages in a different format to indicate that the server has not processed the message. This format should be removed when the server responds.
Clients need to be able to match the message they are sending with the
same message which they receive from the event stream. The echo of the
same message from the event stream is referred to as “remote echo”. Both
echoes need to be identified as the same message in order to prevent
duplicate messages being displayed. Ideally this pairing would occur
transparently to the user: the UI would not flicker as it transitions
from local to remote. Flickering can be reduced through clients making
use of the transaction ID they used to send a particular event. The
transaction ID used will be included in the event’s unsigned
data as
transaction_id
when it arrives through the event stream.
Clients unable to make use of the transaction ID are likely to experience flickering when the remote echo arrives on the event stream before the request to send the message completes. In that case the event arrives before the client has obtained an event ID, making it impossible to identify it as a remote echo. This results in the client displaying the message twice for some time (depending on the server responsiveness) before the original request to send the message completes. Once it completes, the client can take remedial actions to remove the duplicate event by looking for duplicate event IDs.
Calculating the display name for a user
Clients may wish to show the human-readable display name of a room member as part of a membership list, or when they send a message. However, different members may have conflicting display names. Display names MUST be disambiguated before showing them to the user, in order to prevent spoofing of other users.
To ensure this is done consistently across clients, clients SHOULD use the following algorithm to calculate a disambiguated display name for a given user:
- Inspect the
m.room.member
state event for the relevant user id. - If the
m.room.member
state event has nodisplayname
field, or if that field has anull
value, use the raw user id as the display name. Otherwise: - If the
m.room.member
event has adisplayname
which is unique among members of the room withmembership: join
ormembership: invite
, use the givendisplayname
as the user-visible display name. Otherwise: - The
m.room.member
event has a non-uniquedisplayname
. This should be disambiguated using the user id, for example “display name (@id:homeserver.org)”.
Developers should take note of the following when implementing the above algorithm:
- The user-visible display name of one member can be affected by
changes in the state of another member. For example, if
@user1:matrix.org
is present in a room, withdisplayname: Alice
, then when@user2:example.com
joins the room, also withdisplayname: Alice
, both users must be given disambiguated display names. Similarly, when one of the users then changes their display name, there is no longer a clash, and both users can be given their chosen display name. Clients should be alert to this possibility and ensure that all affected users are correctly renamed. - The display name of a room may also be affected by changes in the membership list. This is due to the room name sometimes being based on user display names (see Calculating the display name for a room).
- If the entire membership list is searched for clashing display
names, this leads to an O(N^2) implementation for building the list
of room members. This will be very inefficient for rooms with large
numbers of members. It is recommended that client implementations
maintain a hash table mapping from
displayname
to a list of room members using that name. Such a table can then be used for efficient calculation of whether disambiguation is needed.
Displaying membership information with messages
Clients may wish to show the display name and avatar URL of the room
member who sent a message. This can be achieved by inspecting the
m.room.member
state event for that user ID (see Calculating the
display name for a user).
When a user paginates the message history, clients may wish to show the
historical display name and avatar URL for a room member. This is
possible because older m.room.member
events are returned when
paginating. This can be implemented efficiently by keeping two sets of
room state: old and current. As new events arrive and/or the user
paginates back in time, these two sets of state diverge from each other.
New events update the current state and paginated events update the old
state. When paginated events are processed sequentially, the old state
represents the state of the room at the time the event was sent. This
can then be used to set the historical display name and avatar URL.
Calculating the display name for a room
Clients may wish to show a human-readable name for a room. There are a number of possibilities for choosing a useful name. To ensure that rooms are named consistently across clients, clients SHOULD use the following algorithm to choose a name:
- If the room has an m.room.name state event with a non-empty
name
field, use the name given by that field. - If the room has an m.room.canonical_alias state event with a
valid
alias
field, use the alias given by that field as the name. Note that clients should avoid usingalt_aliases
when calculating the room name. - If none of the above conditions are met, a name should be composed
based on the members of the room. Clients should consider
m.room.member events for users other than the logged-in user, as
defined below.
- If the number of
m.heroes
for the room are greater or equal tom.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count - 1
, then use the membership events for the heroes to calculate display names for the users (disambiguating them if required) and concatenating them. For example, the client may choose to show “Alice, Bob, and Charlie (@charlie:example.org)” as the room name. The client may optionally limit the number of users it uses to generate a room name. - If there are fewer heroes than
m.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count - 1
, andm.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count
is greater than 1, the client should use the heroes to calculate display names for the users (disambiguating them if required) and concatenating them alongside a count of the remaining users. For example, “Alice, Bob, and 1234 others”. - If
m.joined_member_count + m.invited_member_count
is less than or equal to 1 (indicating the member is alone), the client should use the rules above to indicate that the room was empty. For example, “Empty Room (was Alice)”, “Empty Room (was Alice and 1234 others)”, or “Empty Room” if there are no heroes.
- If the number of
Clients SHOULD internationalise the room name to the user’s language
when using the m.heroes
to calculate the name. Clients SHOULD use
minimum 5 heroes to calculate room names where possible, but may use
more or less to fit better with their user experience.
Forming relationships between events
In some cases, events may wish to reference other events. This could be to form a thread of messages for the user to follow along with, or to provide more context as to what a particular event is describing. Currently, the only kind of relation defined is a “rich reply” where a user may reference another message to create a thread-like conversation.
Relationships are defined under an m.relates_to
key in the event’s
content
. If the event is of the type m.room.encrypted
, the
m.relates_to
key MUST NOT be covered by the encryption and instead be
put alongside the encryption information held in the content
.
Rich replies
Users may wish to reference another message when forming their own message, and clients may wish to better embed the referenced message for the user to have a better context for the conversation being had. This sort of embedding another message in a message is known as a “rich reply”, or occasionally just a “reply”.
A rich reply is formed through use of an m.relates_to
relation for
m.in_reply_to
where a single key, event_id
, is used to reference the
event being replied to. The referenced event ID SHOULD belong to the
same room where the reply is being sent. Clients should be cautious of
the event ID belonging to another room, or being invalid entirely. Rich
replies can only be constructed in the form of m.room.message
events
with a msgtype
of m.text
or m.notice
. Due to the fallback
requirements, rich replies cannot be constructed for types of m.emote
,
m.file
, etc. Rich replies may reference any other m.room.message
event, however. Rich replies may reference another event which also has
a rich reply, infinitely.
An m.in_reply_to
relationship looks like the following:
{
...
"type": "m.room.message",
"content": {
"msgtype": "m.text",
"body": "<body including fallback>",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "<HTML including fallback>",
"m.relates_to": {
"m.in_reply_to": {
"event_id": "$another:event.com"
}
}
}
}
####### Fallbacks and event representation
Some clients may not have support for rich replies and therefore need a fallback to use instead. Clients that do not support rich replies should render the event as if rich replies were not special.
Clients that do support rich replies MUST provide the fallback format on
replies, and MUST strip the fallback before rendering the reply. Rich
replies MUST have a format
of org.matrix.custom.html
and therefore a
formatted_body
alongside the body
and appropriate msgtype
. The
specific fallback text is different for each msgtype
, however the
general format for the body
is:
> <@alice:example.org> This is the original body
This is where the reply goes
The formatted_body
should use the following template:
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
<!-- This is where the related event's HTML would be. -->
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
If the related event does not have a formatted_body
, the event’s
body
should be considered after encoding any HTML special characters.
Note that the href
in both of the anchors use a matrix.to
URI.
######## Stripping the fallback
Clients which support rich replies MUST strip the fallback from the
event before rendering the event. This is because the text provided in
the fallback cannot be trusted to be an accurate representation of the
event. After removing the fallback, clients are recommended to represent
the event referenced by m.in_reply_to
similar to the fallback’s
representation, although clients do have creative freedom for their user
interface. Clients should prefer the formatted_body
over the body
,
just like with other m.room.message
events.
To strip the fallback on the body
, the client should iterate over each
line of the string, removing any lines that start with the fallback
prefix ("> “, including the space, without quotes) and stopping when
a line is encountered without the prefix. This prefix is known as the
“fallback prefix sequence”.
To strip the fallback on the formatted_body
, the client should remove
the entirety of the mx-reply
tag.
######## Fallback for m.text
, m.notice
, and unrecognised message types
Using the prefix sequence, the first line of the related event’s body
should be prefixed with the user’s ID, followed by each line being
prefixed with the fallback prefix sequence. For example:
> <@alice:example.org> This is the first line
> This is the second line
This is the reply
The formatted_body
uses the template defined earlier in this section.
######## Fallback for m.emote
Similar to the fallback for m.text
, each line gets prefixed with the
fallback prefix sequence. However an asterisk should be inserted before
the user’s ID, like so:
> * <@alice:example.org> feels like today is going to be a great day
This is the reply
The formatted_body
has a subtle difference for the template where the
asterisk is also inserted ahead of the user’s ID:
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
* <a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
<!-- This is where the related event's HTML would be. -->
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
######## Fallback for m.image
, m.video
, m.audio
, and m.file
The related event’s body
would be a file name, which may not be very
descriptive. The related event should additionally not have a format
or formatted_body
in the content
- if the event does have a format
and/or formatted_body
, those fields should be ignored. Because the
filename alone may not be descriptive, the related event’s body
should
be considered to be "sent a file."
such that the output looks similar
to the following:
> <@alice:example.org> sent a file.
This is the reply
<mx-reply>
<blockquote>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/!somewhere:example.org/$event:example.org">In reply to</a>
<a href="https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org">@alice:example.org</a>
<br />
sent a file.
</blockquote>
</mx-reply>
This is where the reply goes.
For m.image
, the text should be "sent an image."
. For m.video
, the
text should be "sent a video."
. For m.audio
, the text should be
"sent an audio file"
.
Server behaviour
Homeservers SHOULD reject m.room.message
events which don’t have a
msgtype
key, or which don’t have a textual body
key, with an HTTP
status code of 400.
Security considerations
Messages sent using this module are not encrypted, although end to end encryption is in development (see E2E module).
Clients should sanitise all displayed keys for unsafe HTML to prevent Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) attacks. This includes room names and topics.
Voice over IP
This module outlines how two users in a room can set up a Voice over IP (VoIP) call to each other. Voice and video calls are built upon the WebRTC 1.0 standard. Call signalling is achieved by sending message events to the room. In this version of the spec, only two-party communication is supported (e.g. between two peers, or between a peer and a multi-point conferencing unit). This means that clients MUST only send call events to rooms with exactly two participants.
Events
m.call.answer
This event is sent by the callee when they wish to answer the call.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
answer |
Answer |
Required: The session description object |
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
version |
number |
Required: |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sdp |
string |
Required: The SDP text of the session description. |
type |
enum |
Required: The type of session description. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"answer": {
"sdp": "v=0\r\no=- 6584580628695956864 2 IN IP4 127.0.0.1[...]",
"type": "answer"
},
"call_id": "12345",
"lifetime": 60000,
"version": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.answer",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.call.candidates
This event is sent by callers after sending an invite and by the callee after answering. Its purpose is to give the other party additional ICE candidates to try using to communicate.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
candidates |
[Candidate] |
Required: Array of objects describing the candidates. |
version |
integer |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this messages adheres to. This specification is version 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
candidate |
string |
Required: The SDP ‘a’ line of the candidate. |
sdpMLineIndex |
number |
Required: The index of the SDP ’m' line this candidate is intended for. |
sdpMid |
string |
Required: The SDP media type this candidate is intended for. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"candidates": [
{
"candidate": "candidate:863018703 1 udp 2122260223 10.9.64.156 43670 typ host generation 0",
"sdpMLineIndex": 0,
"sdpMid": "audio"
}
],
"version": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.candidates",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.call.hangup
Sent by either party to signal their termination of the call. This can be sent either once the call has has been established or before to abort the call.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the call this event relates to. |
reason |
enum |
Optional error reason for the hangup. This should not be provided when the user naturally ends or rejects the call. When there was an error in the call negotiation, this should be ice_failed for when ICE negotiation fails or invite_timeout for when the other party did not answer in time.One of: |
version |
integer |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 0. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"version": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.hangup",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.call.invite
This event is sent by the caller when they wish to establish a call.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
call_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier for the call. |
lifetime |
integer |
Required: The time in milliseconds that the invite is valid for. Once the invite age exceeds this value, clients should discard it. They should also no longer show the call as awaiting an answer in the UI. |
offer |
Offer |
Required: The session description object |
version |
integer |
Required: The version of the VoIP specification this message adheres to. This specification is version 0. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sdp |
string |
Required: The SDP text of the session description. |
type |
enum |
Required: The type of session description. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"call_id": "12345",
"lifetime": 60000,
"offer": {
"sdp": "v=0\r\no=- 6584580628695956864 2 IN IP4 127.0.0.1[...]",
"type": "offer"
},
"version": 0
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.call.invite",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
A call is set up with message events exchanged as follows:
Caller Callee
[Place Call]
m.call.invite ----------->
m.call.candidate -------->
[..candidates..] -------->
[Answers call]
<--------------- m.call.answer
[Call is active and ongoing]
<--------------- m.call.hangup
Or a rejected call:
Caller Callee
m.call.invite ------------>
m.call.candidate --------->
[..candidates..] --------->
[Rejects call]
<-------------- m.call.hangup
Calls are negotiated according to the WebRTC specification.
Glare
“Glare” is a problem which occurs when two users call each other at roughly the same time. This results in the call failing to set up as there already is an incoming/outgoing call. A glare resolution algorithm can be used to determine which call to hangup and which call to answer. If both clients implement the same algorithm then they will both select the same call and the call will be successfully connected.
As calls are “placed” to rooms rather than users, the glare resolution algorithm outlined below is only considered for calls which are to the same room. The algorithm is as follows:
- If an
m.call.invite
to a room is received whilst the client is preparing to send anm.call.invite
to the same room:- the client should cancel its outgoing call and instead automatically accept the incoming call on behalf of the user.
- If an
m.call.invite
to a room is received after the client has sent anm.call.invite
to the same room and is waiting for a response:- the client should perform a lexicographical comparison of the call IDs of the two calls and use the lesser of the two calls, aborting the greater. If the incoming call is the lesser, the client should accept this call on behalf of the user.
The call setup should appear seamless to the user as if they had simply placed a call and the other party had accepted. This means any media stream that had been setup for use on a call should be transferred and used for the call that replaces it.
Server behaviour
The homeserver MAY provide a TURN server which clients can use to contact the remote party. The following HTTP API endpoints will be used by clients in order to get information about the TURN server.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/voip/turnServer
This API provides credentials for the client to use when initiating
calls.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The TURN server credentials. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
password |
string |
Required: The password to use. |
ttl |
integer |
Required: The time-to-live in seconds |
uris |
[string] |
Required: A list of TURN URIs |
username |
string |
Required: The username to use. |
{
"password": "JlKfBy1QwLrO20385QyAtEyIv0=",
"ttl": 86400,
"uris": [
"turn:turn.example.com:3478?transport=udp",
"turn:10.20.30.40:3478?transport=tcp",
"turns:10.20.30.40:443?transport=tcp"
],
"username": "1443779631:@user:example.com"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Security considerations
Calls should only be placed to rooms with one other user in them. If they are placed to group chat rooms it is possible that another user will intercept and answer the call.
Typing Notifications
Users may wish to be informed when another user is typing in a room.
This can be achieved using typing notifications. These are ephemeral
events scoped to a room_id
. This means they do not form part of the
Event Graph but still have a room_id
key.
Events
m.typing
Informs the client of the list of users currently typing.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
user_ids |
[string] |
Required: The list of user IDs typing in this room, if any. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"user_ids": [
"@alice:matrix.org",
"@bob:example.com"
]
},
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"type": "m.typing"
}
Client behaviour
When a client receives an m.typing
event, it MUST use the user ID list
to REPLACE its knowledge of every user who is currently typing. The
reason for this is that the server does not remember users who are not
currently typing as that list gets big quickly. The client should mark
as not typing any user ID who is not in that list.
It is recommended that clients store a boolean
indicating whether the
user is typing or not. Whilst this value is true
a timer should fire
periodically every N seconds to send a typing HTTP request. The value of
N is recommended to be no more than 20-30 seconds. This request should
be re-sent by the client to continue informing the server the user is
still typing. As subsequent requests will replace older requests, a
safety margin of 5 seconds before the expected timeout runs out is
recommended. When the user stops typing, the state change of the
boolean
to false
should trigger another HTTP request to inform the
server that the user has stopped typing.
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/typing/{userId}
This tells the server that the user is typing for the next N
milliseconds where N is the value specified in the timeout
key.
Alternatively, if typing
is false
, it tells the server that the
user has stopped typing.
timeout
key.
Alternatively, if typing
is false
, it tells the server that the
user has stopped typing.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which the user is typing. |
userId |
string |
Required: The user who has started to type. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
timeout |
integer |
The length of time in milliseconds to mark this user as typing. |
typing |
boolean |
Required: Whether the user is typing or not. If false , the timeout
key can be omitted. |
Request body example
{
"timeout": 30000,
"typing": true
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The new typing state was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Security considerations
Clients may not wish to inform everyone in a room that they are typing and instead only specific users in the room.
Receipts
This module adds in support for receipts. These receipts are a form of
acknowledgement of an event. This module defines a single
acknowledgement: m.read
which indicates that the user has read up to a
given event.
Sending a receipt for each event can result in sending large amounts of traffic to a homeserver. To prevent this from becoming a problem, receipts are implemented using “up to” markers. This marker indicates that the acknowledgement applies to all events “up to and including” the event specified. For example, marking an event as “read” would indicate that the user had read all events up to the referenced event. See the Receiving notifications section for more information on how read receipts affect notification counts.
Events
Each user_id
, receipt_type
pair must be associated with only a
single event_id
.
m.receipt
Informs the client of new receipts.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Examples
{
"content": {
"$1435641916114394fHBLK:matrix.org": {
"m.read": {
"@rikj:jki.re": {
"ts": 1436451550453
}
}
}
},
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"type": "m.receipt"
}
Client behaviour
In /sync
, receipts are listed under the ephemeral
array of events
for a given room. New receipts that come down the event streams are
deltas which update existing mappings. Clients should replace older
receipt acknowledgements based on user_id
and receipt_type
pairs.
For example:
Client receives m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $aaa:example.com
Client receives another m.receipt:
user = @alice:example.com
receipt_type = m.read
event_id = $bbb:example.com
The client should replace the older acknowledgement for $aaa:example.com with
this one for $bbb:example.com
Clients should send read receipts when there is some certainty that the event in question has been displayed to the user. Simply receiving an event does not provide enough certainty that the user has seen the event. The user SHOULD need to take some action such as viewing the room that the event was sent to or dismissing a notification in order for the event to count as “read”. Clients SHOULD NOT send read receipts for events sent by their own user.
A client can update the markers for its user by interacting with the following HTTP APIs.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/receipt/{receiptType}/{eventId}
This API updates the marker for the given receipt type to the event ID
specified.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event ID to acknowledge up to. |
receiptType |
enum |
Required: The type of receipt to send. One of: |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which to send the event. |
Request body
Request body example
{}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The receipt was sent. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
For efficiency, receipts SHOULD be batched into one event per room before delivering them to clients.
Receipts are sent across federation as EDUs with type m.receipt
. The
format of the EDUs are:
{
<room_id>: {
<receipt_type>: {
<user_id>: { <content> }
},
...
},
...
}
These are always sent as deltas to previously sent receipts. Currently
only a single <receipt_type>
should be used: m.read
.
Security considerations
As receipts are sent outside the context of the event graph, there are
no integrity checks performed on the contents of m.receipt
events.
Fully read markers
The history for a given room may be split into three sections: messages the user has read (or indicated they aren’t interested in them), messages the user might have read some but not others, and messages the user hasn’t seen yet. The “fully read marker” (also known as a “read marker”) marks the last event of the first section, whereas the user’s read receipt marks the last event of the second section.
Events
The user’s fully read marker is kept as an event in the room’s account data. The event may be read to determine the user’s current fully read marker location in the room, and just like other account data events the event will be pushed down the event stream when updated.
The fully read marker is kept under an m.fully_read
event. If the
event does not exist on the user’s account data, the fully read marker
should be considered to be the user’s read receipt location.
m.fully_read
The current location of the user’s read marker in a room. This event appears in the user’s room account data for the room the marker is applicable for.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_id |
string |
Required: The event the user’s read marker is located at in the room. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"event_id": "$someplace:example.org"
},
"room_id": "!somewhere:example.org",
"type": "m.fully_read"
}
Client behaviour
The client cannot update fully read markers by directly modifying the
m.fully_read
account data event. Instead, the client must make use of
the read markers API to change the values.
The read markers API can additionally update the user’s read receipt
(m.read
) location in the same operation as setting the fully read
marker location. This is because read receipts and read markers are
commonly updated at the same time, and therefore the client might wish
to save an extra HTTP call. Providing an m.read
location performs the
same task as a request to /receipt/m.read/$event:example.org
.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/read_markers
Sets the position of the read marker for a given room, and optionally
the read receipt’s location.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room ID to set the read marker in for the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.fully_read |
string |
Required: The event ID the read marker should be located at. The event MUST belong to the room. |
m.read |
string |
The event ID to set the read receipt location at. This is
equivalent to calling /receipt/m.read/$elsewhere:example.org
and is provided here to save that extra call. |
Request body example
{
"m.fully_read": "$somewhere:example.org",
"m.read": "$elsewhere:example.org"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The read marker, and read receipt if provided, have been updated. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
The server MUST prevent clients from setting m.fully_read
directly in
room account data. The server must additionally ensure that it treats
the presence of m.read
in the /read_markers
request the same as how
it would for a request to /receipt/m.read/$event:example.org
.
Upon updating the m.fully_read
event due to a request to
/read_markers
, the server MUST send the updated account data event
through to the client via the event stream (eg: /sync
), provided any
applicable filters are also satisfied.
Presence
Each user has the concept of presence information. This encodes:
- Whether the user is currently online
- How recently the user was last active (as seen by the server)
- Whether a given client considers the user to be currently idle
- Arbitrary information about the user’s current status (e.g. “in a meeting”).
This information is collated from both per-device (online
, idle
,
last_active
) and per-user (status) data, aggregated by the user’s
homeserver and transmitted as an m.presence
event. Presence events are
sent to interested parties where users share a room membership.
User’s presence state is represented by the presence
key, which is an
enum of one of the following:
online
: The default state when the user is connected to an event stream.unavailable
: The user is not reachable at this time e.g. they are idle.offline
: The user is not connected to an event stream or is explicitly suppressing their profile information from being sent.
Events
m.presence
Informs the client of a user’s presence state change.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
string |
The current avatar URL for this user, if any. |
currently_active |
boolean |
Whether the user is currently active |
displayname |
string |
The current display name for this user, if any. |
last_active_ago |
number |
The last time since this used performed some action, in milliseconds. |
presence |
enum |
Required: The presence state for this user. One of: |
status_msg |
string |
An optional description to accompany the presence. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://localhost:wefuiwegh8742w",
"currently_active": false,
"last_active_ago": 2478593,
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "Making cupcakes"
},
"sender": "@example:localhost",
"type": "m.presence"
}
Client behaviour
Clients can manually set/get their presence using the HTTP APIs listed below.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/presence/{userId}/status
Get the given user’s presence state.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose presence state to get. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The presence state for this user. |
403 |
You are not allowed to see this user’s presence status. |
404 |
There is no presence state for this user. This user may not exist or isn’t exposing presence information to you. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
currently_active |
boolean |
Whether the user is currently active |
last_active_ago |
integer |
The length of time in milliseconds since an action was performed by this user. |
presence |
enum |
Required: This user’s presence. One of: |
status_msg |
[string null] |
The state message for this user if one was set. |
{
"last_active_ago": 420845,
"presence": "unavailable"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You are not allowed to see their presence"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/presence/{userId}/status
This API sets the given user’s presence state. When setting the status,
the activity time is updated to reflect that activity; the client does
not need to specify the last_active_ago
field. You cannot set the
presence state of another user.
last_active_ago
field. You cannot set the
presence state of another user.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user whose presence state to update. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
presence |
enum |
Required: The new presence state. One of: |
status_msg |
string |
The status message to attach to this state. |
Request body example
{
"presence": "online",
"status_msg": "I am here."
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The new presence state was set. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Last active ago
The server maintains a timestamp of the last time it saw a pro-active
event from the user. A pro-active event may be sending a message to a
room or changing presence state to online
. This timestamp is presented
via a key called last_active_ago
which gives the relative number of
milliseconds since the pro-active event.
To reduce the number of presence updates sent to clients the server may
include a currently_active
boolean field when the presence state is
online
. When true, the server will not send further updates to the
last active time until an update is sent to the client with either a)
currently_active
set to false or b) a presence state other than
online
. During this period clients must consider the user to be
currently active, irrespective of the last active time.
The last active time must be up to date whenever the server gives a
presence event to the client. The currently_active
mechanism should
purely be used by servers to stop sending continuous presence updates,
as opposed to disabling last active tracking entirely. Thus clients can
fetch up to date last active times by explicitly requesting the presence
for a given user.
Idle timeout
The server will automatically set a user’s presence to unavailable
if
their last active time was over a threshold value (e.g. 5 minutes).
Clients can manually set a user’s presence to unavailable
. Any
activity that bumps the last active time on any of the user’s clients
will cause the server to automatically set their presence to online
.
Security considerations
Presence information is shared with all users who share a room with the target user. In large public rooms this could be undesirable.
Content repository
The content repository (or “media repository”) allows users to upload files to their homeserver for later use. For example, files which the user wants to send to a room would be uploaded here, as would an avatar the user wants to use.
Uploads are POSTed to a resource on the user’s local homeserver which returns a MXC URI which can later be used to GET the download. Content is downloaded from the recipient’s local homeserver, which must first transfer the content from the origin homeserver using the same API (unless the origin and destination homeservers are the same).
When serving content, the server SHOULD provide a
Content-Security-Policy
header. The recommended policy is
sandbox; default-src 'none'; script-src 'none'; plugin-types application/pdf; style-src 'unsafe-inline'; object-src 'self';
.
Matrix Content (MXC) URIs
Content locations are represented as Matrix Content (MXC) URIs. They look like:
mxc://<server-name>/<media-id>
<server-name> : The name of the homeserver where this content originated, e.g. matrix.org
<media-id> : An opaque ID which identifies the content.
Client behaviour
Clients can upload and download content using the following HTTP APIs.
GET /_matrix/media/r0/config
This endpoint allows clients to retrieve the configuration of the content
repository, such as upload limitations.
Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when using content repository endpoints.
All values are intentionally left optional. Clients SHOULD follow
the advice given in the field description when the field is not available.
NOTE: Both clients and server administrators should be aware that proxies
between the client and the server may affect the apparent behaviour of content
repository APIs, for example, proxies may enforce a lower upload size limit
than is advertised by the server on this endpoint.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The public content repository configuration for the matrix server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
m.upload.size |
integer |
The maximum size an upload can be in bytes. Clients SHOULD use this as a guide when uploading content. If not listed or null, the size limit should be treated as unknown. |
{
"m.upload.size": 50000000
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "An unknown error occurred"
}
GET /_matrix/media/r0/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the mxc:// URI (the path component) |
serverName |
string |
Required: The server name from the mxc:// URI (the authoritory component) |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to true if not provided. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
GET /_matrix/media/r0/download/{serverName}/{mediaId}/{fileName}
This will download content from the content repository (same as
the previous endpoint) but replace the target file name with the one
provided by the caller.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fileName |
string |
Required: A filename to give in the Content-Disposition header. |
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the mxc:// URI (the path component) |
serverName |
string |
Required: The server name from the mxc:// URI (the authoritory component) |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to true if not provided. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The content that was previously uploaded. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The content is too large for the server to serve. |
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to serve"
}
GET /_matrix/media/r0/preview_url
Get information about a URL for the client. Typically this is called when a
client sees a URL in a message and wants to render a preview for the user.
Note:
Clients should consider avoiding this endpoint for URLs posted in encrypted
rooms. Encrypted rooms often contain more sensitive information the users
do not want to share with the homeserver, and this can mean that the URLs
being shared should also not be shared with the homeserver.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ts |
integer |
The preferred point in time to return a preview for. The server may return a newer version if it does not have the requested version available. |
url |
string |
Required: The URL to get a preview of. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The OpenGraph data for the URL, which may be empty. Some values are replaced with matrix equivalents if they are provided in the response. The differences from the OpenGraph protocol are described here. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
matrix:image:size |
integer |
The byte-size of the image. Omitted if there is no image attached. |
og:image |
string |
An MXC URI to the image. Omitted if there is no image. |
{
"matrix:image:size": 102400,
"og:description": "This is a really cool blog post from matrix.org",
"og:image": "mxc://example.com/ascERGshawAWawugaAcauga",
"og:image:height": 48,
"og:image:type": "image/png",
"og:image:width": 48,
"og:title": "Matrix Blog Post"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/media/r0/thumbnail/{serverName}/{mediaId}
Download a thumbnail of content from the content repository.
See the Thumbnails section for more information.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
mediaId |
string |
Required: The media ID from the mxc:// URI (the path component) |
serverName |
string |
Required: The server name from the mxc:// URI (the authoritory component) |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow_remote |
boolean |
Indicates to the server that it should not attempt to fetch the media if it is deemed remote. This is to prevent routing loops where the server contacts itself. Defaults to true if not provided. |
height |
integer |
Required: The desired height of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
method |
enum |
The desired resizing method. See the Thumbnails
section for more information. One of: |
width |
integer |
Required: The desired width of the thumbnail. The actual thumbnail may be larger than the size specified. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A thumbnail of the requested content. |
400 |
The request does not make sense to the server, or the server cannot thumbnail the content. For example, the client requested non-integer dimensions or asked for negatively-sized images. |
413 |
The local content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
502 |
The remote content is too large for the server to thumbnail. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "Cannot generate thumbnails for the requested content"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
502 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Content is too large to thumbnail"
}
POST /_matrix/media/r0/upload
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
Content-Type |
string |
The content type of the file being uploaded |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filename |
string |
The name of the file being uploaded |
Request body
Request body example
"\u003cbytes\u003e"
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The MXC URI for the uploaded content. |
403 |
The user does not have permission to upload the content. Some reasons for this error include:
|
413 |
The uploaded content is too large for the server. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content_uri |
string |
Required: The MXC URI to the uploaded content. |
{
"content_uri": "mxc://example.com/AQwafuaFswefuhsfAFAgsw"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "Cannot upload this content"
}
413 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_TOO_LARGE",
"error": "Cannot upload files larger than 100mb"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Thumbnails
The homeserver SHOULD be able to supply thumbnails for uploaded images and videos. The exact file types which can be thumbnailed are not currently specified - see Issue #1938 for more information.
The thumbnail methods are “crop” and “scale”. “scale” tries to return an image where either the width or the height is smaller than the requested size. The client should then scale and letterbox the image if it needs to fit within a given rectangle. “crop” tries to return an image where the width and height are close to the requested size and the aspect matches the requested size. The client should scale the image if it needs to fit within a given rectangle.
The dimensions given to the thumbnail API are the minimum size the client would prefer. Servers must never return thumbnails smaller than the client’s requested dimensions, unless the content being thumbnailed is smaller than the dimensions. When the content is smaller than the requested dimensions, servers should return the original content rather than thumbnail it.
Servers SHOULD produce thumbnails with the following dimensions and methods:
- 32x32, crop
- 96x96, crop
- 320x240, scale
- 640x480, scale
- 800x600, scale
In summary:
- “scale” maintains the original aspect ratio of the image
- “crop” provides an image in the aspect ratio of the sizes given in the request
- The server will return an image larger than or equal to the dimensions requested where possible.
Servers MUST NOT upscale thumbnails under any circumstance. Servers MUST NOT return a smaller thumbnail than requested, unless the original content makes that impossible.
Security considerations
The HTTP GET endpoint does not require any authentication. Knowing the URL of the content is sufficient to retrieve the content, even if the entity isn’t in the room.
MXC URIs are vulnerable to directory traversal attacks such as
mxc://127.0.0.1/../../../some_service/etc/passwd
. This would cause the
target homeserver to try to access and return this file. As such,
homeservers MUST sanitise MXC URIs by allowing only alphanumeric
(A-Za-z0-9
), _
and -
characters in the server-name
and
media-id
values. This set of whitelisted characters allows URL-safe
base64 encodings specified in RFC 4648. Applying this character
whitelist is preferable to blacklisting .
and /
as there are
techniques around blacklisted characters (percent-encoded characters,
UTF-8 encoded traversals, etc).
Homeservers have additional content-specific concerns:
- Clients may try to upload very large files. Homeservers should not
store files that are too large and should not serve them to clients,
returning a HTTP 413 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Clients may try to upload very large images. Homeservers should not
attempt to generate thumbnails for images that are too large,
returning a HTTP 413 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Remote homeservers may host very large files or images. Homeservers
should not proxy or thumbnail large files or images from remote
homeservers, returning a HTTP 502 error with the
M_TOO_LARGE
code. - Clients may try to upload a large number of files. Homeservers
should limit the number and total size of media that can be uploaded
by clients, returning a HTTP 403 error with the
M_FORBIDDEN
code. - Clients may try to access a large number of remote files through a homeserver. Homeservers should restrict the number and size of remote files that it caches.
- Clients or remote homeservers may try to upload malicious files targeting vulnerabilities in either the homeserver thumbnailing or the client decoders.
Send-to-Device messaging
This module provides a means by which clients can exchange signalling messages without them being stored permanently as part of a shared communication history. A message is delivered exactly once to each client device.
The primary motivation for this API is exchanging data that is
meaningless or undesirable to persist in the room DAG - for example,
one-time authentication tokens or key data. It is not intended for
conversational data, which should be sent using the normal /rooms/<room_id>/send
API for
consistency throughout Matrix.
Client behaviour
To send a message to other devices, a client should call
/sendToDevice
. Only one message can be sent to each device per
transaction, and they must all have the same event type. The device ID
in the request body can be set to *
to request that the message be
sent to all known devices.
If there are send-to-device messages waiting for a client, they will be
returned by /sync
, as detailed in Extensions to /sync. Clients should
inspect the type
of each returned event, and ignore any they do not
understand.
Server behaviour
Servers should store pending messages for local users until they are
successfully delivered to the destination device. When a client calls /sync
with an access token which corresponds to a device with pending
messages, the server should list the pending messages, in order of
arrival, in the response body.
When the client calls /sync
again with the next_batch
token from the
first response, the server should infer that any send-to-device messages
in that response have been delivered successfully, and delete them from
the store.
If there is a large queue of send-to-device messages, the server should
limit the number sent in each /sync
response. 100 messages is
recommended as a reasonable limit.
If the client sends messages to users on remote domains, those messages should be sent on to the remote servers via federation.
Protocol definitions
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/sendToDevice/{eventType}/{txnId}
This endpoint is used to send send-to-device events to a set of
client devices.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventType |
string |
Required: The type of event to send. |
txnId |
string |
Required: The transaction ID for this event. Clients should generate an ID unique across requests with the same access token; it will be used by the server to ensure idempotency of requests. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
messages |
object |
The messages to send. A map from user ID, to a map from
device ID to message body. The device ID may also be * ,
meaning all known devices for the user. |
Request body example
{
"messages": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"TLLBEANAAG": {
"example_content_key": "value"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The message was successfully sent. |
Extensions to /sync
This module adds the following properties to the /sync
response:
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
to_device |
ToDevice |
Optional. Information on the send-to-device messages for the client device. |
ToDevice
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
events | [Event] | List of send-to-device messages. |
Event
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
The content of this event. The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. |
sender |
string |
The Matrix user ID of the user who sent this event. |
type | string | The type of event. |
Example response:
{
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"rooms": {"leave": {}, "join": {}, "invite": {}},
"to_device": {
"events": [
{
"sender": "@alice:example.com",
"type": "m.new_device",
"content": {
"device_id": "XYZABCDE",
"rooms": ["!726s6s6q:example.com"]
}
}
]
}
}
Device Management
This module provides a means for a user to manage their devices.
Client behaviour
Clients that implement this module should offer the user a list of registered devices, as well as the means to update their display names. Clients should also allow users to delete disused devices.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/delete_devices
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Deletes the given devices, and invalidates any access token associated with them.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
devices |
[string] |
Required: The list of device IDs to delete. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
},
"devices": [
"QBUAZIFURK",
"AUIECTSRND"
]
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The devices were successfully removed, or had been removed previously. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/devices
Gets information about all devices for the current user.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Device information |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
devices |
[Device] |
A list of all registered devices for this user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_id |
string |
Required: Identifier of this device. |
display_name |
string |
Display name set by the user for this device. Absent if no name has been set. |
last_seen_ip |
string |
The IP address where this device was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
last_seen_ts |
integer |
The timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when this devices was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
{
"devices": [
{
"device_id": "QBUAZIFURK",
"display_name": "android",
"last_seen_ip": "1.2.3.4",
"last_seen_ts": 1474491775024
}
]
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/devices/{deviceId}
Gets information on a single device, by device id.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to retrieve. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Device information |
404 |
The current user has no device with the given ID. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_id |
string |
Required: Identifier of this device. |
display_name |
string |
Display name set by the user for this device. Absent if no name has been set. |
last_seen_ip |
string |
The IP address where this device was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
last_seen_ts |
integer |
The timestamp (in milliseconds since the unix epoch) when this devices was last seen. (May be a few minutes out of date, for efficiency reasons). |
{
"device_id": "QBUAZIFURK",
"display_name": "android",
"last_seen_ip": "1.2.3.4",
"last_seen_ts": 1474491775024
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/devices/{deviceId}
Updates the metadata on the given device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to update. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
The new display name for this device. If not given, the display name is unchanged. |
Request body example
{
"display_name": "My other phone"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device was successfully updated. |
404 |
The current user has no device with the given ID. |
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/devices/{deviceId}
This API endpoint uses the User-Interactive Authentication API.
Deletes the given device, and invalidates any access token associated with it.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
deviceId |
string |
Required: The device to delete. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
auth |
Authentication Data |
Additional authentication information for the user-interactive authentication API. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
session |
string |
The value of the session key given by the homeserver. |
type |
string |
Required: The login type that the client is attempting to complete. |
Request body example
{
"auth": {
"example_credential": "verypoorsharedsecret",
"session": "xxxxx",
"type": "example.type.foo"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device was successfully removed, or had been removed previously. |
401 |
The homeserver requires additional authentication information. |
401 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
completed |
[string] |
A list of the stages the client has completed successfully |
flows |
Flow information |
Required: A list of the login flows supported by the server for this API. |
params |
object |
Contains any information that the client will need to know in order to use a given type of authentication. For each login type presented, that type may be present as a key in this dictionary. For example, the public part of an OAuth client ID could be given here. |
session |
string |
This is a session identifier that the client must pass back to the home server, if one is provided, in subsequent attempts to authenticate in the same API call. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
stages |
[string] |
Required: The login type of each of the stages required to complete this authentication flow |
{
"params": {
"example.type.baz": {
"example_key": "foobar"
}
},
"session": "xxxxxxyz"
}
Security considerations
Deleting devices has security implications: it invalidates the access_token assigned to the device, so an attacker could use it to log out the real user (and do it repeatedly every time the real user tries to log in to block the attacker). Servers should require additional authentication beyond the access token when deleting devices (for example, requiring that the user resubmit their password).
The display names of devices are publicly visible. Clients should consider advising the user of this.
End-to-End Encryption
Matrix optionally supports end-to-end encryption, allowing rooms to be created whose conversation contents are not decryptable or interceptable on any of the participating homeservers.
Key Distribution
Encryption and Authentication in Matrix is based around public-key cryptography. The Matrix protocol provides a basic mechanism for exchange of public keys, though an out-of-band channel is required to exchange fingerprints between users to build a web of trust.
Overview
- Bob publishes the public keys and supported algorithms for his device. This may include long-term identity keys, and/or one-time keys.
+----------+ +--------------+
| Bob's HS | | Bob's Device |
+----------+ +--------------+
| |
|<=============|
/keys/upload
- Alice requests Bob’s public identity keys and supported algorithms.
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| | |
|=================>|==============>|
/keys/query <federation>
- Alice selects an algorithm and claims any one-time keys needed.
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| Alice's Device | | Alice's HS | | Bob's HS |
+----------------+ +------------+ +----------+
| | |
|=================>|==============>|
/keys/claim <federation>
Key algorithms
The name ed25519
corresponds to the
Ed25519 signature algorithm. The key is a
32-byte Ed25519 public key, encoded using unpadded Base64. Example:
"SogYyrkTldLz0BXP+GYWs0qaYacUI0RleEqNT8J3riQ"
The name curve25519
corresponds to the
Curve25519 ECDH algorithm. The key is a
32-byte Curve25519 public key, encoded using unpadded Base64.
Example:
"JGLn/yafz74HB2AbPLYJWIVGnKAtqECOBf11yyXac2Y"
The name signed_curve25519
also corresponds to the Curve25519
algorithm, but a key using this algorithm is represented by an object
with a the following properties:
KeyObject
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Required. The unpadded Base64-encoded 32-byte Curve25519 public key. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required. Signatures of the key object. The signature is calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. |
Example:
{
"key":"06UzBknVHFMwgi7AVloY7ylC+xhOhEX4PkNge14Grl8",
"signatures": {
"@user:example.com": {
"ed25519:EGURVBUNJP": "YbJva03ihSj5mPk+CHMJKUKlCXCPFXjXOK6VqBnN9nA2evksQcTGn6hwQfrgRHIDDXO2le49x7jnWJHMJrJoBQ"
}
}
}
Device keys
Each device should have one Ed25519 signing key. This key should be generated on the device from a cryptographically secure source, and the private part of the key should never be exported from the device. This key is used as the fingerprint for a device by other clients.
A device will generally need to generate a number of additional keys. Details of these will vary depending on the messaging algorithm in use.
Algorithms generally require device identity keys as well as signing keys. Some algorithms also require one-time keys to improve their secrecy and deniability. These keys are used once during session establishment, and are then thrown away.
For Olm version 1, each device requires a single Curve25519 identity key, and a number of signed Curve25519 one-time keys.
Uploading keys
A device uploads the public parts of identity keys to their homeserver
as a signed JSON object, using the /keys/upload
API. The JSON object
must include the public part of the device’s Ed25519 key, and must be
signed by that key, as described in Signing
JSON.
One-time keys are also uploaded to the homeserver using the
/keys/upload
API.
Devices must store the private part of each key they upload. They can discard the private part of a one-time key when they receive a message using that key. However it’s possible that a one-time key given out by a homeserver will never be used, so the device that generates the key will never know that it can discard the key. Therefore a device could end up trying to store too many private keys. A device that is trying to store too many private keys may discard keys starting with the oldest.
Tracking the device list for a user
Before Alice can send an encrypted message to Bob, she needs a list of
each of his devices and the associated identity keys, so that she can
establish an encryption session with each device. This list can be
obtained by calling /keys/query
, passing Bob’s user ID in the
device_keys
parameter.
From time to time, Bob may add new devices, and Alice will need to know
this so that she can include his new devices for later encrypted
messages. A naive solution to this would be to call /keys/query
before sending each message -however, the number of users and devices
may be large and this would be inefficient.
It is therefore expected that each client will maintain a list of devices for a number of users (in practice, typically each user with whom we share an encrypted room). Furthermore, it is likely that this list will need to be persisted between invocations of the client application (to preserve device verification data and to alert Alice if Bob suddenly gets a new device).
Alice’s client can maintain a list of Bob’s devices via the following process:
- It first sets a flag to record that it is now tracking Bob’s device list, and a separate flag to indicate that its list of Bob’s devices is outdated. Both flags should be in storage which persists over client restarts.
- It then makes a request to
/keys/query
, passing Bob’s user ID in thedevice_keys
parameter. When the request completes, it stores the resulting list of devices in persistent storage, and clears the ‘outdated’ flag. - During its normal processing of responses to _, Alice’s client
inspects the
changed
property of thedevice_lists
field. If it is tracking the device lists of any of the listed users, then it marks the device lists for those users outdated, and initiates another request to/keys/query
for them. - Periodically, Alice’s client stores the
next_batch
field of the result from _ in persistent storage. If Alice later restarts her client, it can obtain a list of the users who have updated their device list while it was offline by calling/keys/changes
, passing the recordednext_batch
field as thefrom
parameter. If the client is tracking the device list of any of the users listed in the response, it marks them as outdated. It combines this list with those already flagged as outdated, and initiates a/keys/query
request for all of them.
Bob may update one of his devices while Alice has a request to
/keys/query
in flight. Alice’s client may therefore see Bob’s user ID
in the device_lists
field of the /sync
response while the first
request is in flight, and initiate a second request to /keys/query
.
This may lead to either of two related problems.
The first problem is that, when the first request completes, the client will clear the ‘outdated’ flag for Bob’s devices. If the second request fails, or the client is shut down before it completes, this could lead to Alice using an outdated list of Bob’s devices.
The second possibility is that, under certain conditions, the second request may complete before the first one. When the first request completes, the client could overwrite the later results from the second request with those from the first request.
Clients MUST guard against these situations. For example, a client could
ensure that only one request to /keys/query
is in flight at a time for
each user, by queuing additional requests until the first completes.
Alternatively, the client could make a new request immediately, but
ensure that the first request’s results are ignored (possibly by
cancelling the request).
changed
property of the device_lists
field,
thus Bob will update his list of Alice’s devices as part of his normal
processing. Note that Bob can also be notified when he stops sharing any
room with Alice by inspecting the left
property of the device_lists
field, and as a result should remove her from its list of tracked users.
Sending encrypted attachments
When encryption is enabled in a room, files should be uploaded encrypted on the homeserver.
In order to achieve this, a client should generate a single-use 256-bit AES key, and encrypt the file using AES-CTR. The counter should be 64-bit long, starting at 0 and prefixed by a random 64-bit Initialization Vector (IV), which together form a 128-bit unique counter block.
Then, the encrypted file can be uploaded to the homeserver. The key and
the IV must be included in the room event along with the resulting
mxc://
in order to allow recipients to decrypt the file. As the event
containing those will be Megolm encrypted, the server will never have
access to the decrypted file.
A hash of the ciphertext must also be included, in order to prevent the homeserver from changing the file content.
A client should send the data as an encrypted m.room.message
event,
using either m.file
as the msgtype, or the appropriate msgtype for the
file type. The key is sent using the JSON Web
Key format, with a
W3C extension.
Extensions to m.room.message
msgtypes
<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
This module adds file
and thumbnail_file
properties, of type
EncryptedFile
, to m.room.message
msgtypes that reference files, such
as m.file and m.image, replacing the url
and thumbnail_url
properties.
EncryptedFile
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
url | string | Required. The URL to the file. |
key | JWK | Required. A JSON Web Key object. |
iv |
string |
Required. The 128-bit unique counter block used by AES-CTR, encoded as unpadded base64. |
hashes |
{string: string} |
Required. A map from an algorithm name to a hash of the ciphertext, encoded as unpadded base64. Clients should support the SHA-256 hash, which uses the key |
v |
string |
Required. Version of the encrypted attachments protocol. Must be |
JWK
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kty | string | Required. Key type. Must be oct . |
key_ops |
[string] |
Required. Key operations. Must at least contain |
alg | string | Required. Algorithm. Must be A256CTR . |
k | string | Required. The key, encoded as urlsafe unpadded base64. |
ext |
boolean |
Required. Extractable. Must be |
Example:
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.jpg",
"file": {
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe",
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"v": "v2",
"key": {
"alg": "A256CTR",
"ext": true,
"k": "aWF6-32KGYaC3A_FEUCk1Bt0JA37zP0wrStgmdCaW-0",
"key_ops": ["encrypt","decrypt"],
"kty": "oct"
},
"iv": "w+sE15fzSc0AAAAAAAAAAA",
"hashes": {
"sha256": "fdSLu/YkRx3Wyh3KQabP3rd6+SFiKg5lsJZQHtkSAYA"
}
},
"info": {
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"h": 1536,
"size": 422018,
"thumbnail_file": {
"hashes": {
"sha256": "/NogKqW5bz/m8xHgFiH5haFGjCNVmUIPLzfvOhHdrxY"
},
"iv": "U+k7PfwLr6UAAAAAAAAAAA",
"key": {
"alg": "A256CTR",
"ext": true,
"k": "RMyd6zhlbifsACM1DXkCbioZ2u0SywGljTH8JmGcylg",
"key_ops": ["encrypt", "decrypt"],
"kty": "oct"
},
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"url": "mxc://example.org/pmVJxyxGlmxHposwVSlOaEOv",
"v": "v2"
},
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 768,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 211009,
"w": 432
},
"w": 864
},
"msgtype": "m.image"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Claiming one-time keys
A client wanting to set up a session with another device can claim a
one-time key for that device. This is done by making a request to the
/keys/claim
API.
A homeserver should rate-limit the number of one-time keys that a given user or remote server can claim. A homeserver should discard the public part of a one time key once it has given that key to another user.
Device verification
Before Alice sends Bob encrypted data, or trusts data received from him, she may want to verify that she is actually communicating with him, rather than a man-in-the-middle. This verification process requires an out-of-band channel: there is no way to do it within Matrix without trusting the administrators of the homeservers.
In Matrix, verification works by Alice meeting Bob in person, or
contacting him via some other trusted medium, and use [SAS
Verification](#SAS Verification) to interactively verify Bob’s devices.
Alice and Bob may also read aloud their unpadded base64 encoded Ed25519
public key, as returned by /keys/query
.
Device verification may reach one of several conclusions. For example:
- Alice may “accept” the device. This means that she is satisfied that the device belongs to Bob. She can then encrypt sensitive material for that device, and knows that messages received were sent from that device.
- Alice may “reject” the device. She will do this if she knows or suspects that Bob does not control that device (or equivalently, does not trust Bob). She will not send sensitive material to that device, and cannot trust messages apparently received from it.
- Alice may choose to skip the device verification process. She is not able to verify that the device actually belongs to Bob, but has no reason to suspect otherwise. The encryption protocol continues to protect against passive eavesdroppers.
Key verification framework
Verifying keys manually by reading out the Ed25519 key is not very user friendly, and can lead to errors. In order to help mitigate errors, and to make the process easier for users, some verification methods are supported by the specification. The methods all use a common framework for negotiating the key verification.
To use this framework, Alice’s client would send
m.key.verification.request
events to Bob’s devices. All of the
to_device
messages sent to Bob MUST have the same transaction_id
to
indicate they are part of the same request. This allows Bob to reject
the request on one device, and have it apply to all of his devices.
Similarly, it allows Bob to process the verification on one device
without having to involve all of his devices.
When Bob’s device receives a m.key.verification.request
, it should
prompt Bob to verify keys with Alice using one of the supported methods
in the request. If Bob’s device does not understand any of the methods,
it should not cancel the request as one of his other devices may support
the request. Instead, Bob’s device should tell Bob that an unsupported
method was used for starting key verification. The prompt for Bob to
accept/reject Alice’s request (or the unsupported method prompt) should
be automatically dismissed 10 minutes after the timestamp
field or 2
minutes after Bob’s client receives the message, whichever comes first,
if Bob does not interact with the prompt. The prompt should additionally
be hidden if an appropriate m.key.verification.cancel
message is
received.
If Bob rejects the request, Bob’s client must send a
m.key.verification.cancel
message to Alice’s device. Upon receipt,
Alice’s device should tell her that Bob does not want to verify her
device and send m.key.verification.cancel
messages to all of Bob’s
devices to notify them that the request was rejected.
If Bob accepts the request, Bob’s device starts the key verification
process by sending a m.key.verification.start
message to Alice’s
device. Upon receipt of this message, Alice’s device should send a
m.key.verification.cancel
message to all of Bob’s other devices to
indicate the process has been started. The start message must use the
same transaction_id
from the original key verification request if it
is in response to the request. The start message can be sent indepdently
of any request.
Individual verification methods may add additional steps, events, and
properties to the verification messages. Event types for methods defined
in this specification must be under the m.key.verification
namespace
and any other event types must be namespaced according to the Java
package naming convention.
Any of Alice’s or Bob’s devices can cancel the key verification request
or process at any time with a m.key.verification.cancel
message to all
applicable devices.
This framework yields the following handshake, assuming both Alice and Bob each have 2 devices, Bob’s first device accepts the key verification request, and Alice’s second device initiates the request. Note how Alice’s first device is not involved in the request or verification process.
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
| AliceDevice1 | | AliceDevice2 | | BobDevice1 | | BobDevice2 |
+---------------+ +---------------+ +-------------+ +-------------+
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.request | |
| |---------------------------------->| |
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.request | |
| |-------------------------------------------------->|
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.start | |
| |<----------------------------------| |
| | | |
| | m.key.verification.cancel | |
| |-------------------------------------------------->|
| | | |
After the handshake, the verification process begins.
m.key.verification.request
Requests a key verification with another user’s devices. Typically sent as a
to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the request. |
methods |
[string] |
Required: The verification methods supported by the sender. |
timestamp |
integer |
Required: The POSIX timestamp in milliseconds for when the request was made. If the request is in the future by more than 5 minutes or more than 10 minutes in the past, the message should be ignored by the receiver. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification request. Must be unique with respect to the devices involved. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "AliceDevice2",
"methods": [
"m.sas.v1"
],
"timestamp": 1559598944869,
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.request"
}
m.key.verification.start
Begins a key verification process. Typically sent as a
to-device event. The method
field determines the type of verification. The fields in the event will differ depending
on the method
. This definition includes fields that are in common among all variants.
method
field determines the type of verification. The fields in the event will differ depending
on the method
. This definition includes fields that are in common among all variants.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the process. |
method |
string |
Required: The verification method to use. |
next_method |
string |
Optional method to use to verify the other user’s key with. Applicable
when the method chosen only verifies one user’s key. This field will
never be present if the method verifies keys both ways. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification process. Must be unique
with respect to the devices involved. Must be the same as the
transaction_id given in the m.key.verification.request
if this process is originating from a request. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.start"
}
{
"content": {
"from_device": "BobDevice1",
"hashes": [
"sha256"
],
"key_agreement_protocols": [
"curve25519"
],
"message_authentication_codes": [
"hkdf-hmac-sha256"
],
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"short_authentication_string": [
"decimal",
"emoji"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.start"
}
m.key.verification.cancel
Cancels a key verification process/request. Typically sent as a
to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
code |
string |
Required: The error code for why the process/request was cancelled by the user. Error codes should use the Java package naming convention if not in the following list:
Clients should be careful to avoid error loops. For example, if a device sends
an incorrect message and the client returns |
reason |
string |
Required: A human readable description of the code . The client should only rely on this
string if it does not understand the code . |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: The opaque identifier for the verification process/request. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"code": "m.user",
"reason": "User rejected the key verification request",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.cancel"
}
Short Authentication String (SAS) verification
SAS verification is a user-friendly key verification process built off the common framework outlined above. SAS verification is intended to be a highly interactive process for users, and as such exposes verfiication methods which are easier for users to use.
The verification process is heavily inspired by Phil Zimmermann’s ZRTP key agreement handshake. A key part of key agreement in ZRTP is the hash commitment: the party that begins the Diffie-Hellman key sharing sends a hash of their part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange, and does not send their part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange until they have received the other party’s part. Thus an attacker essentially only has one attempt to attack the Diffie-Hellman exchange, and hence we can verify fewer bits while still achieving a high degree of security: if we verify n bits, then an attacker has a 1 in 2n chance of success. For example, if we verify 40 bits, then an attacker has a 1 in 1,099,511,627,776 chance (or less than 1 in 1012 chance) of success. A failed attack would result in a mismatched Short Authentication String, alerting users to the attack.
The verification process takes place over to-device messages in two phases:
- Key agreement phase (based on ZRTP key agreement).
- Key verification phase (based on HMAC).
The process between Alice and Bob verifying each other would be:
- Alice and Bob establish a secure out-of-band connection, such as meeting in-person or a video call. “Secure” here means that either party cannot be impersonated, not explicit secrecy.
- Alice and Bob communicate which devices they’d like to verify with each other.
- Alice selects Bob’s device from the device list and begins verification.
- Alice’s client ensures it has a copy of Bob’s device key.
- Alice’s device sends Bob’s device a
m.key.verification.start
message. - Bob’s device receives the message and selects a key agreement protocol, hash algorithm, message authentication code, and SAS method supported by Alice’s device.
- Bob’s device ensures it has a copy of Alice’s device key.
- Bob’s device creates an ephemeral Curve25519 key pair (KBprivate, KBpubli**c), and calculates the hash (using the chosen algorithm) of the public key KBpubli**c.
- Bob’s device replies to Alice’s device with a
m.key.verification.accept
message. - Alice’s device receives Bob’s message and stores the commitment hash for later use.
- Alice’s device creates an ephemeral Curve25519 key pair
(KAprivate, KApubli**c)
and replies to Bob’s device with a
m.key.verification.key
, sending only the public key KApubli**c. - Bob’s device receives Alice’s message and replies with its own
m.key.verification.key
message containing its public key KBpubli**c. - Alice’s device receives Bob’s message and verifies the commitment
hash from earlier matches the hash of the key Bob’s device just sent
and the content of Alice’s
m.key.verification.start
message. - Both Alice and Bob’s devices perform an Elliptic-curve Diffie-Hellman (ECD**H(KAprivate, KBpubli**c)), using the result as the shared secret.
- Both Alice and Bob’s devices display a SAS to their users, which is derived from the shared key using one of the methods in this section. If multiple SAS methods are available, clients should allow the users to select a method.
- Alice and Bob compare the strings shown by their devices, and tell their devices if they match or not.
- Assuming they match, Alice and Bob’s devices calculate the HMAC of their own device keys and a comma-separated sorted list of of the key IDs that they wish the other user to verify, using SHA-256 as the hash function. HMAC is defined in RFC 2104. The key for the HMAC is different for each item and is calculated by generating 32 bytes (256 bits) using the key verification HKDF.
- Alice’s device sends Bob’s device a
m.key.verification.mac
message containing the MAC of Alice’s device keys and the MAC of her key IDs to be verified. Bob’s device does the same for Bob’s device keys and key IDs concurrently with Alice. - When the other device receives the
m.key.verification.mac
message, the device calculates the HMAC of its copies of the other device’s keys given in the message, as well as the HMAC of the comma-separated, sorted, list of key IDs in the message. The device compares these with the HMAC values given in the message, and if everything matches then the device keys are verified.
The wire protocol looks like the following between Alice and Bob’s devices:
+-------------+ +-----------+
| AliceDevice | | BobDevice |
+-------------+ +-----------+
| |
| m.key.verification.start |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.accept |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
| m.key.verification.key |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.key |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
| m.key.verification.mac |
|-------------------------------->|
| |
| m.key.verification.mac |
|<--------------------------------|
| |
Error and exception handling
At any point the interactive verfication can go wrong. The following describes what to do when an error happens:
- Alice or Bob can cancel the verification at any time. A
m.key.verification.cancel
message must be sent to signify the cancellation. - The verification can time out. Clients should time out a
verification that does not complete within 10 minutes. Additionally,
clients should expire a
transaction_id
which goes unused for 10 minutes after having last sent/received it. The client should inform the user that the verification timed out, and send an appropriatem.key.verification.cancel
message to the other device. - When the same device attempts to intiate multiple verification attempts, the receipient should cancel all attempts with that device.
- When a device receives an unknown
transaction_id
, it should send an appropriatem.key.verfication.cancel
message to the other device indicating as such. This does not apply for inboundm.key.verification.start
orm.key.verification.cancel
messages. - If the two devices do not share a common key share, hash, HMAC, or
SAS method then the device should notify the other device with an
appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message. - If the user claims the Short Authentication Strings do not match,
the device should send an appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message to the other device. - If the device receives a message out of sequence or that it was not
expecting, it should notify the other device with an appropriate
m.key.verification.cancel
message.
Verification messages specific to SAS
Building off the common framework, the following events are involved in SAS verification.
The m.key.verification.cancel
event is unchanged, however the
following error codes are used in addition to those already specified:
m.unknown_method
: The devices are unable to agree on the key agreement, hash, MAC, or SAS method.m.mismatched_commitment
: The hash commitment did not match.m.mismatched_sas
: The SAS did not match.
m.key.verification.start$m.sas.v1
Begins a SAS key verification process using the m.sas.v1
method.
Typically sent as a to-device event.
m.sas.v1
method.
Typically sent as a to-device event.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from_device |
string |
Required: The device ID which is initiating the process. |
hashes |
[string] |
Required: The hash methods the sending device understands. Must include at least
sha256 . |
key_agreement_protocols |
[string] |
Required: The key agreement protocols the sending device understands. Should
include at least curve25519-hkdf-sha256 . |
message_authentication_codes |
[string] |
Required: The message authentication codes that the sending device understands.
Must include at least hkdf-hmac-sha256 . |
method |
enum |
Required: The verification method to use. One of: |
short_authentication_string |
[string] |
Required: The SAS methods the sending device (and the sending device’s user)
understands. Must include at least decimal . Optionally can include
emoji . |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification process. Must be unique
with respect to the devices involved. Must be the same as the
transaction_id given in the m.key.verification.request
if this process is originating from a request. |
Examples
m.key.verification.accept
Accepts a previously sent m.key.verification.start
message. Typically sent as a
to-device event.
m.key.verification.start
message. Typically sent as a
to-device event.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
commitment |
string |
Required: The hash (encoded as unpadded base64) of the concatenation of the device’s
ephemeral public key (encoded as unpadded base64) and the canonical JSON
representation of the m.key.verification.start message. |
hash |
string |
Required: The hash method the device is choosing to use, out of the options in
the m.key.verification.start message. |
key_agreement_protocol |
string |
Required: The key agreement protocol the device is choosing to use, out of the
options in the m.key.verification.start message. |
message_authentication_code |
string |
Required: The message authentication code the device is choosing to use, out of
the options in the m.key.verification.start message. |
short_authentication_string |
[string] |
Required: The SAS methods both devices involved in the verification process
understand. Must be a subset of the options in the m.key.verification.start
message. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification process. Must be the same as
the one used for the m.key.verification.start message. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"commitment": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg",
"hash": "sha256",
"key_agreement_protocol": "curve25519",
"message_authentication_code": "hkdf-hmac-sha256",
"method": "m.sas.v1",
"short_authentication_string": [
"decimal",
"emoji"
],
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.accept"
}
m.key.verification.key
Sends the ephemeral public key for a device to the partner device. Typically sent as a
to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
string |
Required: The device’s ephemeral public key, encoded as unpadded base64. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification process. Must be the same as
the one used for the m.key.verification.start message. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"key": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg",
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.key"
}
m.key.verification.mac
Sends the MAC of a device’s key to the partner device. Typically sent as a
to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
keys |
string |
Required: The MAC of the comma-separated, sorted, list of key IDs given in the mac
property, encoded as unpadded base64. |
mac |
object |
Required: A map of the key ID to the MAC of the key, using the algorithm in the verification process. The MAC is encoded as unpadded base64. |
transaction_id |
string |
Required: An opaque identifier for the verification process. Must be the same as
the one used for the m.key.verification.start message. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"keys": "2Wptgo4CwmLo/Y8B8qinxApKaCkBG2fjTWB7AbP5Uy+aIbygsSdLOFzvdDjww8zUVKCmI02eP9xtyJxc/cLiBA",
"mac": {
"ed25519:ABCDEF": "fQpGIW1Snz+pwLZu6sTy2aHy/DYWWTspTJRPyNp0PKkymfIsNffysMl6ObMMFdIJhk6g6pwlIqZ54rxo8SLmAg"
},
"transaction_id": "S0meUniqueAndOpaqueString"
},
"type": "m.key.verification.mac"
}
HKDF calculation
In all of the SAS methods, HKDF is as defined in RFC
5869 and uses the previously
agreed-upon hash function for the hash function. The shared secret is
supplied as the input keying material. No salt is used. When the
key_agreement_protocol
is curve25519-hkdf-sha256
, the info parameter
is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_SAS|
.- The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.start
message, followed by|
.- The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.start
message, followed by|
.- The public key from the
m.key.verification.key
message sent by the device which sent them.key.verification.start
message, followed by|
.- The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message, followed by|
.- The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message, followed by|
.- The public key from the
m.key.verification.key
message sent by the device which sent them.key.verification.accept
message, followed by|
.- The
transaction_id
being used.
When the key_agreement_protocol
is the deprecated method curve25519
,
the info parameter is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_SAS
.- The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.start
message.- The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.start
message.- The Matrix ID of the user who sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message.- The Device ID of the device which sent the
m.key.verification.accept
message.- The
transaction_id
being used.
New implementations are discouraged from implementing the curve25519
method.
For verification of each party’s device keys, HKDF is as defined in RFC 5869 and uses SHA-256 as the hash function. The shared secret is supplied as the input keying material. No salt is used, and in the info parameter is the concatenation of:
- The string
MATRIX_KEY_VERIFICATION_MAC
.- The Matrix ID of the user whose key is being MAC-ed.
- The Device ID of the device sending the MAC.
- The Matrix ID of the other user.
- The Device ID of the device receiving the MAC.
- The
transaction_id
being used.- The Key ID of the key being MAC-ed, or the string
KEY_IDS
if the item being MAC-ed is the list of key IDs.
SAS method: decimal
Generate 5 bytes using HKDF then take sequences of 13 bits to convert to decimal numbers (resulting in 3 numbers between 0 and 8191 inclusive each). Add 1000 to each calculated number.
The bitwise operations to get the numbers given the 5 bytes B0, B1, B2, B3, B4 would be:
- First: (B0 ≪ 5|B1 ≫ 3) + 1000
- Second: ((B1&0x7) ≪ 10|B2 ≪ 2|B3 ≫ 6) + 1000
- Third: ((B3&0x3F) ≪ 7|B4 ≫ 1) + 1000
The digits are displayed to the user either with an appropriate separator, such as dashes, or with the numbers on individual lines.
SAS method: emoji
Generate 6 bytes using HKDF then split the first 42 bits into 7 groups of 6 bits, similar to how one would base64 encode something. Convert each group of 6 bits to a number and use the following table to get the corresponding emoji:
Number | Emoji | Unicode | Description |
---|---|---|---|
0 | 🐶 | U+1F436 | Dog |
1 | 🐱 | U+1F431 | Cat |
2 | 🦁 | U+1F981 | Lion |
3 | 🐎 | U+1F40E | Horse |
4 | 🦄 | U+1F984 | Unicorn |
5 | 🐷 | U+1F437 | Pig |
6 | 🐘 | U+1F418 | Elephant |
7 | 🐰 | U+1F430 | Rabbit |
8 | 🐼 | U+1F43C | Panda |
9 | 🐓 | U+1F413 | Rooster |
10 | 🐧 | U+1F427 | Penguin |
11 | 🐢 | U+1F422 | Turtle |
12 | 🐟 | U+1F41F | Fish |
13 | 🐙 | U+1F419 | Octopus |
14 | 🦋 | U+1F98B | Butterfly |
15 | 🌷 | U+1F337 | Flower |
16 | 🌳 | U+1F333 | Tree |
17 | 🌵 | U+1F335 | Cactus |
18 | 🍄 | U+1F344 | Mushroom |
19 | 🌏 | U+1F30F | Globe |
20 | 🌙 | U+1F319 | Moon |
21 | ☁️ | U+2601U+FE0F | Cloud |
22 | 🔥 | U+1F525 | Fire |
23 | 🍌 | U+1F34C | Banana |
24 | 🍎 | U+1F34E | Apple |
25 | 🍓 | U+1F353 | Strawberry |
26 | 🌽 | U+1F33D | Corn |
27 | 🍕 | U+1F355 | Pizza |
28 | 🎂 | U+1F382 | Cake |
29 | ❤️ | U+2764U+FE0F | Heart |
30 | 😀 | U+1F600 | Smiley |
31 | 🤖 | U+1F916 | Robot |
32 | 🎩 | U+1F3A9 | Hat |
33 | 👓 | U+1F453 | Glasses |
34 | 🔧 | U+1F527 | Spanner |
35 | 🎅 | U+1F385 | Santa |
36 | 👍 | U+1F44D | Thumbs Up |
37 | ☂️ | U+2602U+FE0F | Umbrella |
38 | ⌛ | U+231B | Hourglass |
39 | ⏰ | U+23F0 | Clock |
40 | 🎁 | U+1F381 | Gift |
41 | 💡 | U+1F4A1 | Light Bulb |
42 | 📕 | U+1F4D5 | Book |
43 | ✏️ | U+270FU+FE0F | Pencil |
44 | 📎 | U+1F4CE | Paperclip |
45 | ✂️ | U+2702U+FE0F | Scissors |
46 | 🔒 | U+1F512 | Lock |
47 | 🔑 | U+1F511 | Key |
48 | 🔨 | U+1F528 | Hammer |
49 | ☎️ | U+260EU+FE0F | Telephone |
50 | 🏁 | U+1F3C1 | Flag |
51 | 🚂 | U+1F682 | Train |
52 | 🚲 | U+1F6B2 | Bicycle |
53 | ✈️ | U+2708U+FE0F | Aeroplane |
54 | 🚀 | U+1F680 | Rocket |
55 | 🏆 | U+1F3C6 | Trophy |
56 | ⚽ | U+26BD | Ball |
57 | 🎸 | U+1F3B8 | Guitar |
58 | 🎺 | U+1F3BA | Trumpet |
59 | 🔔 | U+1F514 | Bell |
60 | ⚓ | U+2693 | Anchor |
61 | 🎧 | U+1F3A7 | Headphones |
62 | 📁 | U+1F4C1 | Folder |
63 | 📌 | U+1F4CC | Pin |
The emoji above were chosen to:
- Be recognisable without colour.
- Be recognisable at a small size.
- Be recognisable by most cultures.
- Be distinguishable from each other.
- Easily described by a few words.
- Avoid symbols with negative connotations.
- Be likely similar across multiple platforms.
Clients SHOULD show the emoji with the descriptions from the table, or appropriate translation of those descriptions. Client authors SHOULD collaborate to create a common set of translations for all languages.
Sharing keys between devices
If Bob has an encrypted conversation with Alice on his computer, and then logs in through his phone for the first time, he may want to have access to the previously exchanged messages. To address this issue, several methods are provided to allow users to transfer keys from one device to another.
Key requests
When a device is missing keys to decrypt messages, it can request the
keys by sending m.room_key_request to-device messages to other
devices with action
set to request
.
If a device wishes to share the keys with that device, it can forward
the keys to the first device by sending an encrypted
m.forwarded_room_key to-device message. The first device should
then send an m.room_key_request to-device message with action
set to request_cancellation
to the other devices that it had
originally sent the key request to; a device that receives a
request_cancellation
should disregard any previously-received
request
message with the same request_id
and requesting_device_id
.
If a device does not wish to share keys with that device, it can indicate this by sending an m.room_key.withheld to-device message, as described in Reporting that decryption keys are withheld.
Server-side key backups
Devices may upload encrypted copies of keys to the server. When a device tries to read a message that it does not have keys for, it may request the key from the server and decrypt it. Backups are per-user, and users may replace backups with new backups.
In contrast with Key requests, Server-side key backups do not require another device to be online from which to request keys. However, as the session keys are stored on the server encrypted, it requires users to enter a decryption key to decrypt the session keys.
To create a backup, a client will call POST
/_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version and define how the keys are to
be encrypted through the backup’s auth_data
; other clients can
discover the backup by calling GET
/_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version. Keys are encrypted according
to the backup’s auth_data
and added to the backup by calling PUT
/_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys or one of its variants, and can
be retrieved by calling GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys or
one of its variants. Keys can only be written to the most recently
created version of the backup. Backups can also be deleted using DELETE
/_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version}, or individual keys
can be deleted using DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys or
one of its variants.
Clients must only store keys in backups after they have ensured that the
auth_data
is trusted, either by checking the signatures on it, or by
deriving the public key from a private key that it obtained from a
trusted source.
When a client uploads a key for a session that the server already has a key for, the server will choose to either keep the existing key or replace it with the new key based on the key metadata as follows:
- if the keys have different values for
is_verified
, then it will keep the key that hasis_verified
set totrue
; - if they have the same values for
is_verified
, then it will keep the key with a lowerfirst_message_index
; - and finally, is
is_verified
andfirst_message_index
are equal, then it will keep the key with a lowerforwarded_count
.
Recovery key
If the recovery key (the private half of the backup encryption key) is presented to the user to save, it is presented as a string constructed as follows:
- The 256-bit curve25519 private key is prepended by the bytes
0x8B
and0x01
- All the bytes in the string above, including the two header bytes, are XORed together to form a parity byte. This parity byte is appended to the byte string.
- The byte string is encoded using base58, using the same mapping as
is used for Bitcoin
addresses,
that is, using the alphabet
123456789ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijkmnopqrstuvwxyz
. - A space should be added after every 4th character.
When reading in a recovery key, clients must disregard whitespace, and perform the reverse of steps 1 through 3.
Backup algorithm: m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
When a backup is created with the algorithm
set to
m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
, the auth_data
should have
the following format:
AuthData
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
public_key |
string |
Required. The curve25519 public key used to encrypt the backups, encoded in unpadded base64. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Optional. Signatures of the |
The session_data
field in the backups is constructed as follows:
-
Encode the session key to be backed up as a JSON object with the properties:
Parameter Type Description algorithm
string
Required. The end-to-end message encryption algorithm that the key is for. Must be
m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
.forwarding_curve25519_key_chain
[string]
Required. Chain of Curve25519 keys through which this session was forwarded, via m.forwarded_room_key events.
sender_key
string
Required. Unpadded base64-encoded device curve25519 key.
sender_claimed_keys
{string: string}
Required. A map from algorithm name (
ed25519
) to the identity key for the sending device.session_key
string
Required. Unpadded base64-encoded session key in session-sharing format.
-
Generate an ephemeral curve25519 key, and perform an ECDH with the ephemeral key and the backup’s public key to generate a shared secret. The public half of the ephemeral key, encoded using unpadded base64, becomes the
ephemeral
property of thesession_data
. -
Using the shared secret, generate 80 bytes by performing an HKDF using SHA-256 as the hash, with a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and with the empty string as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key, the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key, and the last 16 bytes are used as the AES initialization vector.
-
Stringify the JSON object, and encrypt it using AES-CBC-256 with PKCS#7 padding. This encrypted data, encoded using unpadded base64, becomes the
ciphertext
property of thesession_data
. -
Pass the raw encrypted data (prior to base64 encoding) through HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above. The first 8 bytes of the resulting MAC are base64-encoded, and become the
mac
property of thesession_data
.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys
Retrieve the keys from the backup for a given room
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the keys. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data. If no keys are found, then an object with an empty
rooms property will be returned ({"rooms": {}} ). |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
rooms |
object |
A map of room IDs to room key backup data. |
{
"rooms": {
"!room:example.org": {
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys
Store several keys in the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the keys. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
rooms |
object |
Required: A map of room IDs to room key backup data. |
Request body example
{
"rooms": {
"!room:example.org": {
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys
Delete a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Retrieve the keys from the backup for a given room
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the requested key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data. If no keys are found, then an object with an empty
sessions property will be returned ({"sessions": {}} ). |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
object |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
{
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Store a key in the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the keys are for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the keys. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
object |
Required: A map of session IDs to key data. |
Request body example
{
"sessions": {
"sessionid1": {
"first_message_index": 1,
"forwarded_count": 0,
"is_verified": true,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}
Delete a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the specified key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Retrieve a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the requested key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session whose key is requested. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to retrieve the key. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The key data |
404 |
The key or backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
{
"first_message_index": 1,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Key not found."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Store a key in the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session that the key is for. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup in which to store the key. Must be the current backup. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
first_message_index |
integer |
Required: The index of the first message in the session that the key can decrypt. |
forwarded_count |
integer |
Required: The number of times this key has been forwarded via key-sharing between devices. |
is_verified |
boolean |
Required: Whether the device backing up the key verified the device that the key is from. |
session_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"first_message_index": 1,
"session_data": {
"ciphertext": "base64+ciphertext+of+JSON+data",
"ephemeral": "base64+ephemeral+key",
"mac": "base64+mac+of+ciphertext"
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded. |
403 |
The version specified does not match the current backup version.
The current version will be included in the current_version
field. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"current_version": "42",
"errcode": "M_WRONG_ROOM_KEYS_VERSION",
"error": "Wrong backup version."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/keys/{roomId}/{sessionId}
Delete a key from the backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room that the specified key is for. |
sessionId |
string |
Required: The ID of the megolm session whose key is to be deleted. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup from which to delete the key |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded |
404 |
The backup was not found. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup |
etag |
string |
Required: The new etag value representing stored keys in the backup.
See GET /room_keys/version/{version} for more details. |
{
"count": 10,
"etag": "abcdefg"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version
Get information about the latest backup version.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The information about the backup. |
404 |
No backup exists. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup. |
etag |
string |
Required: An opaque string representing stored keys in the backup.
Clients can compare it with the etag value they received
in the request of their last key storage request. If not
equal, another client has modified the backup. |
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. |
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"count": 42,
"etag": "anopaquestring",
"version": "1"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "No current backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version
Creates a new backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
Request body example
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The version id of the new backup. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. This is an opaque string. |
{
"version": "1"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version}
Get information about an existing backup.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to get, as returned in the version parameter
of the response in POST /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version or
this endpoint. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The information about the requested backup. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
count |
integer |
Required: The number of keys stored in the backup. |
etag |
string |
Required: An opaque string representing stored keys in the backup.
Clients can compare it with the etag value they received
in the request of their last key storage request. If not
equal, another client has modified the backup. |
version |
string |
Required: The backup version. |
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"count": 42,
"etag": "anopaquestring",
"version": "1"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version}
Update information about an existing backup. Only auth_data
can be modified.
auth_data
can be modified.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to update, as returned in the version
parameter in the response of POST /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version or GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version} . |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The algorithm used for storing backups. Must be the same as
the algorithm currently used by the backup. One of: |
auth_data |
object |
Required: Algorithm-dependent data. See the documentation for the backup algorithms in Server-side key backups for more information on the expected format of the data. |
version |
string |
The backup version. If present, must be the same as the version in the path parameter. |
Request body example
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm_backup.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"auth_data": {
"public_key": "abcdefg",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.org": {
"ed25519:deviceid": "signature"
}
}
},
"version": "1"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The update succeeded. |
400 |
A parameter was incorrect. For example, the algorithm does not
match the current backup algorithm, or the version in the body
does not match the version in the path. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_INVALID_PARAM",
"error": "Algorithm does not match"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version}
Delete an existing key backup. Both the information about the backup,
as well as all key data related to the backup will be deleted.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
version |
string |
Required: The backup version to delete, as returned in the version
parameter in the response of POST /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version or GET /_matrix/client/r0/room_keys/version/{version} . |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The delete succeeded, or the specified backup was previously deleted. |
404 |
The backup specified does not exist. If the backup was previously deleted, the call should succeed rather than returning an error. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "Unknown backup version"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Key exports
Keys can be manually exported from one device to an encrypted file, copied to another device, and imported. The file is encrypted using a user-supplied passphrase, and is created as follows:
-
Encode the sessions as a JSON object, formatted as described in Key export format.
-
Generate a 512-bit key from the user-entered passphrase by computing PBKDF2(HMAC-SHA-512, passphrase, S, N, 512), where S is a 128-bit cryptographically-random salt and N is the number of rounds. N should be at least 100,000. The keys K and K' are set to the first and last 256 bits of this generated key, respectively. K is used as an AES-256 key, and K' is used as an HMAC-SHA-256 key.
-
Serialize the JSON object as a UTF-8 string, and encrypt it using AES-CTR-256 with the key K generated above, and with a 128-bit cryptographically-random initialization vector, IV, that has bit 63 set to zero. (Setting bit 63 to zero in IV is needed to work around differences in implementations of AES-CTR.)
-
Concatenate the following data:
Size (bytes) Description 1 Export format version, which must be 0x01
.16 The salt S. 16 The initialization vector IV. 4 The number of rounds N, as a big-endian unsigned 32-bit integer. variable The encrypted JSON object. 32
The HMAC-SHA-256 of all the above string concatenated together, using K' as the key.
-
Base64-encode the string above. Newlines may be added to avoid overly long lines.
-
Prepend the resulting string with
-----BEGIN MEGOLM SESSION DATA-----
, with a trailing newline, and append-----END MEGOLM SESSION DATA-----
, with a leading and trailing newline.
Key export format
The exported sessions are formatted as a JSON array of SessionData
objects described as follows:
SessionData
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required. The encryption algorithm that the session uses. Must be |
forwarding_curve25519_key_chain |
[string] |
Required. Chain of Curve25519 keys through which this session was forwarded, via m.forwarded_room_key events. |
room_id |
string |
Required. The room where the session is used. |
sender_key |
string |
Required. The Curve25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. |
sender_claimed_keys |
{string: string} |
Required. The Ed25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. |
session_id | string | Required. The ID of the session. |
session_key | string | Required. The key for the session. |
This is similar to the format before encryption used for the session
keys in Server-side key backups but adds the
room_id
and session_id
fields.
Example:
[
{
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"forwarding_curve25519_key_chain": [
"hPQNcabIABgGnx3/ACv/jmMmiQHoeFfuLB17tzWp6Hw"
],
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"sender_claimed_keys": {
"ed25519": "<device ed25519 identity key>",
},
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8Llf..."
},
...
]
Messaging Algorithms
Messaging Algorithm Names
Messaging algorithm names use the extensible naming scheme used
throughout this specification. Algorithm names that start with m.
are
reserved for algorithms defined by this specification. Implementations
wanting to experiment with new algorithms must be uniquely globally
namespaced following Java’s package naming conventions.
Algorithm names should be short and meaningful, and should list the primitives used by the algorithm so that it is easier to see if the algorithm is using a broken primitive.
A name of m.olm.v1
is too short: it gives no information about the
primitives in use, and is difficult to extend for different primitives.
However a name of
m.olm.v1.ecdh-curve25519-hdkfsha256.hmacsha256.hkdfsha256-aes256-cbc-hmac64sha256
is too long despite giving a more precise description of the algorithm:
it adds to the data transfer overhead and sacrifices clarity for human
readers without adding any useful extra information.
m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
The name m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2
corresponds to version 1 of the
Olm ratchet, as defined by the Olm
specification. This uses:
- Curve25519 for the initial key agreement.
- HKDF-SHA-256 for ratchet key derivation.
- Curve25519 for the root key ratchet.
- HMAC-SHA-256 for the chain key ratchet.
- HKDF-SHA-256, AES-256 in CBC mode, and 8 byte truncated HMAC-SHA-256 for authenticated encryption.
Devices that support Olm must include “m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2” in their list of supported messaging algorithms, must list a Curve25519 device key, and must publish Curve25519 one-time keys.
An event encrypted using Olm has the following format:
{
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"sender_key": "<sender_curve25519_key>",
"ciphertext": {
"<device_curve25519_key>": {
"type": 0,
"body": "<encrypted_payload_base_64>"
}
}
}
}
ciphertext
is a mapping from device Curve25519 key to an encrypted
payload for that device. body
is a Base64-encoded Olm message body.
type
is an integer indicating the type of the message body: 0 for the
initial pre-key message, 1 for ordinary messages.
Olm sessions will generate messages with a type of 0 until they receive a message. Once a session has decrypted a message it will produce messages with a type of 1.
When a client receives a message with a type of 0 it must first check if it already has a matching session. If it does then it will use that session to try to decrypt the message. If there is no existing session then the client must create a new session and use the new session to decrypt the message. A client must not persist a session or remove one-time keys used by a session until it has successfully decrypted a message using that session.
Messages with type 1 can only be decrypted with an existing session. If there is no matching session, the client must treat this as an invalid message.
The plaintext payload is of the form:
{
"type": "<type of the plaintext event>",
"content": "<content for the plaintext event>",
"sender": "<sender_user_id>",
"recipient": "<recipient_user_id>",
"recipient_keys": {
"ed25519": "<our_ed25519_key>"
},
"keys": {
"ed25519": "<sender_ed25519_key>"
}
}
The type and content of the plaintext message event are given in the payload.
Other properties are included in order to prevent an attacker from
publishing someone else’s curve25519 keys as their own and subsequently
claiming to have sent messages which they didn’t. sender
must
correspond to the user who sent the event, recipient
to the local
user, and recipient_keys
to the local ed25519 key.
Clients must confirm that the sender_key
and the ed25519
field value
under the keys
property match the keys returned by /keys/query
for
the given user, and must also verify the signature of the payload.
Without this check, a client cannot be sure that the sender device owns
the private part of the ed25519 key it claims to have in the Olm
payload. This is crucial when the ed25519 key corresponds to a verified
device.
If a client has multiple sessions established with another device, it should use the session from which it last received and successfully decrypted a message. For these purposes, a session that has not received any messages should use its creation time as the time that it last received a message. A client may expire old sessions by defining a maximum number of olm sessions that it will maintain for each device, and expiring sessions on a Least Recently Used basis. The maximum number of olm sessions maintained per device should be at least 4.
Recovering from undecryptable messages
Occasionally messages may be undecryptable by clients due to a variety of reasons. When this happens to an Olm-encrypted message, the client should assume that the Olm session has become corrupted and create a new one to replace it.
To establish a new session, the client sends a m.dummy to-device event to the other party to notify them of the new session details.
Clients should rate-limit the number of sessions it creates per device that it receives a message from. Clients should not create a new session with another device if it has already created one for that given device in the past 1 hour.
Clients should attempt to mitigate loss of the undecryptable messages.
For example, Megolm sessions that were sent using the old session would
have been lost. The client can attempt to retrieve the lost sessions
through m.room_key_request
messages.
m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
The name m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
corresponds to version 1 of the Megolm
ratchet, as defined by the Megolm
specification. This uses:
- HMAC-SHA-256 for the hash ratchet.
- HKDF-SHA-256, AES-256 in CBC mode, and 8 byte truncated HMAC-SHA-256 for authenticated encryption.
- Ed25519 for message authenticity.
Devices that support Megolm must support Olm, and include “m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2” in their list of supported messaging algorithms.
An event encrypted using Megolm has the following format:
{
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"sender_key": "<sender_curve25519_key>",
"device_id": "<sender_device_id>",
"session_id": "<outbound_group_session_id>",
"ciphertext": "<encrypted_payload_base_64>"
}
}
The encrypted payload can contain any message event. The plaintext is of the form:
{
"type": "<event_type>",
"content": "<event_content>",
"room_id": "<the room_id>"
}
We include the room ID in the payload, because otherwise the homeserver would be able to change the room a message was sent in.
Clients must guard against replay attacks by keeping track of the ratchet indices of Megolm sessions. They should reject messages with a ratchet index that they have already decrypted. Care should be taken in order to avoid false positives, as a client may decrypt the same event twice as part of its normal processing.
As with Olm events, clients must confirm that the sender_key
belongs
to the user who sent the message. The same reasoning applies, but the
sender ed25519 key has to be inferred from the keys.ed25519
property
of the event which established the Megolm session.
In order to enable end-to-end encryption in a room, clients can send a
m.room.encryption
state event specifying m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2
as its
algorithm
property.
When creating a Megolm session in a room, clients must share the
corresponding session key using Olm with the intended recipients, so
that they can decrypt future messages encrypted using this session. A
m.room_key
event is used to do this. Clients must also handle
m.room_key
events sent by other devices in order to decrypt their
messages.
Protocol definitions
Events
m.room.encryption
Defines how messages sent in this room should be encrypted.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The encryption algorithm to be used to encrypt messages sent in this
room. One of: |
rotation_period_ms |
integer |
How long the session should be used before changing it. 604800000
(a week) is the recommended default. |
rotation_period_msgs |
integer |
How many messages should be sent before changing the session. 100 is the
recommended default. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"rotation_period_ms": 604800000,
"rotation_period_msgs": 100
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.encryption",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room.encrypted
This event type is used when sending encrypted events. It can be used either
within a room (in which case it will have all of the
Room Event fields, or
as a to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The encryption algorithm used to encrypt this event. The
value of this field determines which other properties will be
present. One of: |
ciphertext |
|
Required: The encrypted content of the event. Either the encrypted payload itself, in the case of a Megolm event, or a map from the recipient Curve25519 identity key to ciphertext information, in the case of an Olm event. For more details, see Messaging Algorithms. |
device_id |
string |
The ID of the sending device. Required with Megolm. |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The Curve25519 key of the sender. |
session_id |
string |
The ID of the session used to encrypt the message. Required with Megolm. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"ciphertext": "AwgAEnACgAkLmt6qF84IK++J7UDH2Za1YVchHyprqTqsg...",
"device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE",
"sender_key": "IlRMeOPX2e0MurIyfWEucYBRVOEEUMrOHqn/8mLqMjA",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"ciphertext": {
"7qZcfnBmbEGzxxaWfBjElJuvn7BZx+lSz/SvFrDF/z8": {
"body": "AwogGJJzMhf/S3GQFXAOrCZ3iKyGU5ZScVtjI0KypTYrW...",
"type": 0
}
},
"sender_key": "Szl29ksW/L8yZGWAX+8dY1XyFi+i5wm+DRhTGkbMiwU"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.encrypted",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.room_key
This event type is used to exchange keys for end-to-end encryption. Typically
it is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.
m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The encryption algorithm the key in this event is to be used with. One of: |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
session_key |
string |
Required: The key to be exchanged. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8LlfJL7qNBEY..."
},
"type": "m.room_key"
}
m.room_key_request
This event type is used to request keys for end-to-end encryption. It is sent as an
unencrypted to-device event.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
action |
enum |
Required: One of: |
body |
RequestedKeyInfo |
Information about the requested key. Required when action is
request . |
request_id |
string |
Required: A random string uniquely identifying the request for a key. If the key is requested multiple times, it should be reused. It should also reused in order to cancel a request. |
requesting_device_id |
string |
Required: ID of the device requesting the key. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm the requested key in this event is to be used with. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The Curve25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"action": "request_cancellation",
"request_id": "1495474790150.19",
"requesting_device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE"
},
"type": "m.room_key_request"
}
{
"content": {
"action": "request",
"body": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"request_id": "1495474790150.19",
"requesting_device_id": "RJYKSTBOIE"
},
"type": "m.room_key_request"
}
m.forwarded_room_key
This event type is used to forward keys for end-to-end encryption. Typically
it is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.
m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
string |
Required: The encryption algorithm the key in this event is to be used with. |
forwarding_curve25519_key_chain |
[string] |
Required: Chain of Curve25519 keys. It starts out empty, but each time the key is forwarded to another device, the previous sender in the chain is added to the end of the list. For example, if the key is forwarded from A to B to C, this field is empty between A and B, and contains A’s Curve25519 key between B and C. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The room where the key is used. |
sender_claimed_ed25519_key |
string |
Required: The Ed25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. It is ‘claimed’ because the receiving device has no way to tell that the original room_key actually came from a device which owns the private part of this key unless they have done device verification. |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The Curve25519 key of the device which initiated the session originally. |
session_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the session that the key is for. |
session_key |
string |
Required: The key to be exchanged. |
withheld |
object |
Indicates that the key cannot be used to decrypt all the messages
from the session because a portion of the session was withheld as
described in Reporting that decryption keys are withheld.
This object must include the code and reason properties from the
m.room_key.withheld message that was received by the sender of
this message. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"forwarding_curve25519_key_chain": [
"hPQNcabIABgGnx3/ACv/jmMmiQHoeFfuLB17tzWp6Hw"
],
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_claimed_ed25519_key": "aj40p+aw64yPIdsxoog8jhPu9i7l7NcFRecuOQblE3Y",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ",
"session_key": "AgAAAADxKHa9uFxcXzwYoNueL5Xqi69IkD4sni8Llf..."
},
"type": "m.forwarded_room_key"
}
m.dummy
This event type is used to indicate new Olm sessions for end-to-end encryption.
Typically it is encrypted as an m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.
The event does not have any content associated with it. The sending client is expected
to send a key share request shortly after this message, causing the receiving client to
process this m.dummy
event as the most recent event and using the keyshare request
to set up the session. The keyshare request and m.dummy
combination should result
in the original sending client receiving keys over the newly established session.
m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a
to-device event.m.dummy
event as the most recent event and using the keyshare request
to set up the session. The keyshare request and m.dummy
combination should result
in the original sending client receiving keys over the newly established session.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Examples
{
"content": {},
"type": "m.dummy"
}
Key management API
GET /_matrix/client/r0/keys/changes
Gets a list of users who have updated their device identity keys since a
previous sync token.
The server should include in the results any users who:
- currently share a room with the calling user (ie, both users have
membership state
join
); and
- added new device identity keys or removed an existing device with
identity keys, between
from
and to
.
join
); andfrom
and to
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
Required: The desired start point of the list. Should be the next_batch field
from a response to an earlier call to /sync . Users who have not
uploaded new device identity keys since this point, nor deleted
existing devices with identity keys since then, will be excluded
from the results. |
to |
string |
Required: The desired end point of the list. Should be the next_batch
field from a recent call to /sync - typically the most recent
such call. This may be used by the server as a hint to check its
caches are up to date. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of users who updated their devices. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
changed |
[string] |
The Matrix User IDs of all users who updated their device identity keys. |
left |
[string] |
The Matrix User IDs of all users who may have left all the end-to-end encrypted rooms they previously shared with the user. |
{
"changed": [
"@alice:example.com",
"@bob:example.org"
],
"left": [
"@clara:example.com",
"@doug:example.org"
]
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/keys/claim
Claims one-time keys for use in pre-key messages.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
one_time_keys |
object |
Required: The keys to be claimed. A map from user ID, to a map from device ID to algorithm name. |
timeout |
integer |
The time (in milliseconds) to wait when downloading keys from remote servers. 10 seconds is the recommended default. |
Request body example
{
"one_time_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": "signed_curve25519"
}
},
"timeout": 10000
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The claimed keys. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
failures |
object |
If any remote homeservers could not be reached, they are recorded here. The names of the properties are the names of the unreachable servers. If the homeserver could be reached, but the user or device
was unknown, no failure is recorded. Instead, the corresponding
user or device is missing from the |
one_time_keys |
object |
Required: One-time keys for the queried devices. A map from user ID, to a
map from devices to a map from See the key algorithm section for information on the Key Object format. |
{
"one_time_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": {
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHg": {
"key": "zKbLg+NrIjpnagy+pIY6uPL4ZwEG2v+8F9lmgsnlZzs",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "FLWxXqGbwrb8SM3Y795eB6OA8bwBcoMZFXBqnTn58AYWZSqiD45tlBVcDa2L7RwdKXebW/VzDlnfVJ+9jok1Bw"
}
}
}
}
}
}
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/keys/query
Returns the current devices and identity keys for the given users.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
object |
Required: The keys to be downloaded. A map from user ID, to a list of device IDs, or to an empty list to indicate all devices for the corresponding user. |
timeout |
integer |
The time (in milliseconds) to wait when downloading keys from remote servers. 10 seconds is the recommended default. |
token |
string |
If the client is fetching keys as a result of a device update received in a sync request, this should be the ‘since’ token of that sync request, or any later sync token. This allows the server to ensure its response contains the keys advertised by the notification in that sync. |
Request body example
{
"device_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": []
},
"timeout": 10000
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The device information |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
object |
Information on the queried devices. A map from user ID, to a
map from device ID to device information. For each device,
the information returned will be the same as uploaded via
/keys/upload , with the addition of an unsigned
property. |
failures |
object |
If any remote homeservers could not be reached, they are recorded here. The names of the properties are the names of the unreachable servers. If the homeserver could be reached, but the user or device
was unknown, no failure is recorded. Instead, the corresponding
user or device is missing from the |
{
"device_keys": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"JLAFKJWSCS": {
"algorithms": [
"m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2"
],
"device_id": "JLAFKJWSCS",
"keys": {
"curve25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "3C5BFWi2Y8MaVvjM8M22DBmh24PmgR0nPvJOIArzgyI",
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "lEuiRJBit0IG6nUf5pUzWTUEsRVVe/HJkoKuEww9ULI"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "dSO80A01XiigH3uBiDVx/EjzaoycHcjq9lfQX0uWsqxl2giMIiSPR8a4d291W1ihKJL/a+myXS367WT6NAIcBA"
}
},
"unsigned": {
"device_display_name": "Alice's mobile phone"
},
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
}
}
}
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/keys/upload
Publishes end-to-end encryption keys for the device.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_keys |
DeviceKeys |
Identity keys for the device. May be absent if no new identity keys are required. |
one_time_keys |
object |
One-time public keys for “pre-key” messages. The names of
the properties should be in the format
May be absent if no new one-time keys are required. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithms |
[string] |
Required: The encryption algorithms supported by this device. |
device_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the device these keys belong to. Must match the device ID used when logging in. |
keys |
object |
Required: Public identity keys. The names of the properties should be in the
format <algorithm>:<device_id> . The keys themselves should be
encoded as specified by the key algorithm. |
signatures |
Signatures |
Required: Signatures for the device key object. A map from user ID, to a map from
The signature is calculated using the process described at Signing JSON. |
user_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the user the device belongs to. Must match the user ID used when logging in. |
Request body example
{
"device_keys": {
"algorithms": [
"m.olm.v1.curve25519-aes-sha2",
"m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2"
],
"device_id": "JLAFKJWSCS",
"keys": {
"curve25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "3C5BFWi2Y8MaVvjM8M22DBmh24PmgR0nPvJOIArzgyI",
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "lEuiRJBit0IG6nUf5pUzWTUEsRVVe/HJkoKuEww9ULI"
},
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "dSO80A01XiigH3uBiDVx/EjzaoycHcjq9lfQX0uWsqxl2giMIiSPR8a4d291W1ihKJL/a+myXS367WT6NAIcBA"
}
},
"user_id": "@alice:example.com"
},
"one_time_keys": {
"curve25519:AAAAAQ": "/qyvZvwjiTxGdGU0RCguDCLeR+nmsb3FfNG3/Ve4vU8",
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHQ": {
"key": "j3fR3HemM16M7CWhoI4Sk5ZsdmdfQHsKL1xuSft6MSw",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "IQeCEPb9HFk217cU9kw9EOiusC6kMIkoIRnbnfOh5Oc63S1ghgyjShBGpu34blQomoalCyXWyhaaT3MrLZYQAA"
}
}
},
"signed_curve25519:AAAAHg": {
"key": "zKbLg+NrIjpnagy+pIY6uPL4ZwEG2v+8F9lmgsnlZzs",
"signatures": {
"@alice:example.com": {
"ed25519:JLAFKJWSCS": "FLWxXqGbwrb8SM3Y795eB6OA8bwBcoMZFXBqnTn58AYWZSqiD45tlBVcDa2L7RwdKXebW/VzDlnfVJ+9jok1Bw"
}
}
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The provided keys were successfully uploaded. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
one_time_key_counts |
object |
Required: For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys of that type currently held on the server for this device. |
{
"one_time_key_counts": {
"curve25519": 10,
"signed_curve25519": 20
}
}
Extensions to /sync
This module adds an optional device_lists
property to the _ response,
as specified below. The server need only populate this property for an
incremental /sync
(ie, one where the since
parameter was specified).
The client is expected to use /keys/query
or /keys/changes
for
the equivalent functionality after an initial sync, as documented in
Tracking the device list for a
user.
It also adds a one_time_keys_count
property. Note the spelling
difference with the one_time_key_counts
property in the
/keys/upload
response.
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
device_lists |
DeviceLists |
Optional. Information on e2e device updates. Note: only present on an incremental sync. |
device_one_time_keys_count |
{string: integer} |
Optional. For each key algorithm, the number of unclaimed one-time keys currently held on the server for this device. |
DeviceLists
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
changed |
[string] |
List of users who have updated their device identity keys, or who now share an encrypted room with the client since the previous sync response. |
left |
[string] |
List of users with whom we do not share any encrypted rooms anymore since the previous sync response. |
changed
in Bob’s
sync only when she adds a new device, or when Alice and Bob now share a
room but didn’t share any room previously. However, for the sake of
simpler logic, a server may add Alice to changed
when Alice and Bob
share a new room, even if they previously already shared a room.
Example response:
{
"next_batch": "s72595_4483_1934",
"rooms": {"leave": {}, "join": {}, "invite": {}},
"device_lists": {
"changed": [
"@alice:example.com",
],
"left": [
"@bob:example.com",
],
},
"device_one_time_keys_count": {
"curve25519": 10,
"signed_curve25519": 20
}
}
Reporting that decryption keys are withheld
When sending an encrypted event to a room, a client can optionally signal to other devices in that room that it is not sending them the keys needed to decrypt the event. In this way, the receiving client can indicate to the user why it cannot decrypt the event, rather than just showing a generic error message.
In the same way, when one device requests keys from another using Key requests, the device from which the key is being requested may want to tell the requester that it is purposely not sharing the key.
If Alice withholds a megolm session from Bob for some messages in a
room, and then later on decides to allow Bob to decrypt later messages,
she can send Bob the megolm session, ratcheted up to the point at which
she allows Bob to decrypt the messages. If Bob logs into a new device
and uses key sharing to obtain the decryption keys, the new device will
be sent the megolm sessions that have been ratcheted up. Bob’s old
device can include the reason that the session was initially not shared
by including a withheld
property in the m.forwarded_room_key
message
that is an object with the code
and reason
properties from the
m.room_key.withheld
message.
m.room_key.withheld
This event type is used to indicate that the sender is not sharing room keys
with the recipient. It is sent as a to-device event.
Possible values for code
include:
m.blacklisted
: the user/device was blacklisted.
m.unverified
: the user/device was not verified, and the sender is only
sharing keys with verified users/devices.
m.unauthorised
: the user/device is not allowed to have the key. For
example, this could be sent in response to a key request if the user/device
was not in the room when the original message was sent.
m.unavailable
: sent in reply to a key request if the device that the
key is requested from does not have the requested key.
m.no_olm
: an olm session could not be established.
In most cases, this event refers to a specific room key. The one exception to
this is when the sender is unable to establish an olm session with the
recipient. When this happens, multiple sessions will be affected. In order
to avoid filling the recipient's device mailbox, the sender should only send
one m.room_key.withheld
message with no room_id
nor session_id
set. If the sender retries and fails to create an olm session again in the
future, it should not send another m.room_key.withheld
message with a
code
of m.no_olm
, unless another olm session was previously
established successfully. In response to receiving an
m.room_key.withheld
message with a code
of m.no_olm
, the
recipient may start an olm session with the sender and send an m.dummy
message to notify the sender of the new olm session. The recipient may
assume that this m.room_key.withheld
message applies to all encrypted
room messages sent before it receives the message.
code
include:m.blacklisted
: the user/device was blacklisted.m.unverified
: the user/device was not verified, and the sender is only
sharing keys with verified users/devices.m.unauthorised
: the user/device is not allowed to have the key. For
example, this could be sent in response to a key request if the user/device
was not in the room when the original message was sent.m.unavailable
: sent in reply to a key request if the device that the
key is requested from does not have the requested key.m.no_olm
: an olm session could not be established.m.room_key.withheld
message with no room_id
nor session_id
set. If the sender retries and fails to create an olm session again in the
future, it should not send another m.room_key.withheld
message with a
code
of m.no_olm
, unless another olm session was previously
established successfully. In response to receiving an
m.room_key.withheld
message with a code
of m.no_olm
, the
recipient may start an olm session with the sender and send an m.dummy
message to notify the sender of the new olm session. The recipient may
assume that this m.room_key.withheld
message applies to all encrypted
room messages sent before it receives the message.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm |
enum |
Required: The encryption algorithm for the key that this event is about. One of: |
code |
enum |
Required: A machine-readable code for why the key was not sent. Codes beginning
with m. are reserved for codes defined in the Matrix
specification. Custom codes must use the Java package naming
convention.One of: |
reason |
string |
A human-readable reason for why the key was not sent. The receiving
client should only use this string if it does not understand the
code . |
room_id |
string |
Required if code is not m.no_olm . The room for the key that
this event is about. |
sender_key |
string |
Required: The unpadded base64-encoded device curve25519 key of the event's sender. |
session_id |
string |
Required of code is not m.no_olm . The session ID of the key
that this event is aboutis for. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"algorithm": "m.megolm.v1.aes-sha2",
"code": "m.unverified",
"reason": "Device not verified",
"room_id": "!Cuyf34gef24t:localhost",
"sender_key": "RF3s+E7RkTQTGF2d8Deol0FkQvgII2aJDf3/Jp5mxVU",
"session_id": "X3lUlvLELLYxeTx4yOVu6UDpasGEVO0Jbu+QFnm0cKQ"
},
"type": "m.room_key.withheld"
}
Secrets
Clients may have secret information that they wish to be made available to other authorised clients, but that the server should not be able to see, so the information must be encrypted as it passes through the server. This can be done either asynchronously, by storing encrypted data on the server for later retrieval, or synchronously, by sending messages to each other.
Each secret has an identifier that is used by clients to refer to the secret when storing, fetching, requesting, or sharing the secret. Secrets are plain strings; structured data can be stored by encoding it as a string.
Storage
When secrets are stored on the server, they are stored in the user’s account-data, using an event type equal to the secret’s identifier. The keys that secrets are encrypted with are described by data that is also stored in the user’s account-data. Users can have multiple keys, allowing them to control what sets of secrets clients can access, depending on what keys are given to them.
Key storage
Each key has an ID, and the description of the key is stored in the
user’s account_data using the event type
m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
. The contents of the account data for
the key will include an algorithm
property, which indicates the
encryption algorithm used, as well as a name
property, which is a
human-readable name. Key descriptions may also have a passphrase
property for generating the key from a user-entered passphrase, as
described in deriving keys from
passphrases.
KeyDescription
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name | string | Required. The name of the key. |
algorithm |
string |
Required. The encryption algorithm to be used for this key. Currently, only |
passphrase |
string |
See deriving keys from passphrases section for a description of this property. |
Other properties depend on the encryption algorithm, and are described below.
A key can be marked as the “default” key by setting the user’s
account_data with event type m.secret_storage.default_key
to an
object that has the ID of the key as its key
property. The default key
will be used to encrypt all secrets that the user would expect to be
available on all their clients. Unless the user specifies otherwise,
clients will try to use the default key to decrypt secrets.
Secret storage
Encrypted data is stored in the user’s account_data using the event
type defined by the feature that uses the data. The account_data will
have an encrypted
property that is a map from key ID to an object. The
algorithm from the m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
data for the given
key defines how the other properties are interpreted, though it’s
expected that most encryption schemes would have ciphertext
and mac
properties, where the ciphertext
property is the unpadded
base64-encoded ciphertext, and the mac
is used to ensure the integrity
of the data.
Secret
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
encrypted |
{string: object} |
Required. Map from key ID the encrypted data. The exact format for the encrypted data is dependent on the key algorithm. See the definition of |
Example:
Some secret is encrypted using keys with ID key_id_1
and key_id_2
:
org.example.some.secret
:
{
"encrypted": {
"key_id_1": {
"ciphertext": "base64+encoded+encrypted+data",
"mac": "base64+encoded+mac",
// ... other properties according to algorithm property in
// m.secret_storage.key.key_id_1
},
"key_id_2": {
// ...
}
}
}
and the key descriptions for the keys would be:
m.secret_storage.key.key_id_1
:
{
"name": "Some key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
// ... other properties according to algorithm
}
m.secret_storage.key.key_id_2
:
{
"name": "Some other key",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
// ... other properties according to algorithm
}
m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
Secrets encrypted using the m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
algorithm are encrypted using AES-CTR-256, and authenticated using
HMAC-SHA-256. The secret is encrypted as follows:
- Given the secret storage key, generate 64 bytes by performing an HKDF with SHA-256 as the hash, a salt of 32 bytes of 0, and with the secret name as the info. The first 32 bytes are used as the AES key, and the next 32 bytes are used as the MAC key
- Generate 16 random bytes, set bit 63 to 0 (in order to work around
differences in AES-CTR implementations), and use this as the AES
initialization vector. This becomes the
iv
property, encoded using base64. - Encrypt the data using AES-CTR-256 using the AES key generated
above. This encrypted data, encoded using base64, becomes the
ciphertext
property. - Pass the raw encrypted data (prior to base64 encoding) through
HMAC-SHA-256 using the MAC key generated above. The resulting MAC is
base64-encoded and becomes the
mac
property.
AesHmacSha2EncryptedData
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
iv |
string |
Required. The 16-byte initialization vector, encoded as base64. |
ciphertext |
string |
Required. The AES-CTR-encrypted data, encoded as base64. |
mac | string | Required. The MAC, encoded as base64. |
For the purposes of allowing clients to check whether a user has correctly entered the key, clients should:
- encrypt and MAC a message consisting of 32 bytes of 0 as described above, using the empty string as the info parameter to the HKDF in step 1.
- store the
iv
andmac
in them.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
account-data.
AesHmacSha2KeyDescription
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name | string | Required. The name of the key. |
algorithm |
string |
Required. The encryption algorithm to be used for this key. Currently, only |
passphrase |
object |
See deriving keys from passphrases section for a description of this property. |
iv | string | The 16-byte initialization vector, encoded as base64. |
mac |
string |
The MAC of the result of encrypting 32 bytes of 0, encoded as base64. |
For example, the m.secret_storage.key.key_id
for a key using this
algorithm could look like:
{
"name": "m.default",
"algorithm": "m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2",
"iv": "random+data",
"mac": "mac+of+encrypted+zeros"
}
and data encrypted using this algorithm could look like this:
{
"encrypted": {
"key_id": {
"iv": "16+bytes+base64",
"ciphertext": "base64+encoded+encrypted+data",
"mac": "base64+encoded+mac"
}
}
}
Key representation
When a user is given a raw key for m.secret_storage.v1.aes-hmac-sha2
,
it will be presented as a string constructed as follows:
- The key is prepended by the two bytes
0x8b
and0x01
- All the bytes in the string above, including the two header bytes, are XORed together to form a parity byte. This parity byte is appended to the byte string.
- The byte string is encoded using base58, using the same mapping as
is used for Bitcoin
addresses,
that is, using the alphabet
123456789ABCDEFGHJKLMNPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijkmnopqrstuvwxyz
. - The string is formatted into groups of four characters separated by spaces.
When decoding a raw key, the process should be reversed, with the exception that whitespace is insignificant in the user’s input.
Deriving keys from passphrases
A user may wish to use a chosen passphrase rather than a randomly
generated key. In this case, information on how to generate the key from
a passphrase will be stored in the passphrase
property of the
m.secret_storage.key.[key ID]
account-data. The passphrase
property
has an algorithm
property that indicates how to generate the key from
the passphrase. Other properties of the passphrase
property are
defined by the algorithm
specified.
####### m.pbkdf2
For the m.pbkdf2
algorithm, the passphrase
property has the
following properties:
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
algorithm | string | Required. Must be m.pbkdf2 |
salt | string | Required. The salt used in PBKDF2. |
iterations | integer | Required. The number of iterations to use in PBKDF2. |
bits |
integer |
Optional. The number of bits to generate for the key. Defaults to 256. |
The key is generated using PBKDF2 with SHA-512 as the hash, using the
salt given in the salt
parameter, and the number of iterations given
in the iterations
parameter.
Example:
{
"passphrase": {
"algorithm": "m.pbkdf2",
"salt": "MmMsAlty",
"iterations": 100000,
"bits": 256
},
...
}
Sharing
To request a secret from other devices, a client sends an
m.secret.requests
device event with action
set to request
and
name
set to the identifier of the secret. A device that wishes to
share the secret will reply with an m.secret.send
event, encrypted
using olm. When the original client obtains the secret, it sends an
m.secret.request
event with action
set to request_cancellation
to
all devices other than the one that it received the secret from. Clients
should ignore m.secret.send
events received from devices that it did
not send an m.secret.request
event to.
Clients must ensure that they only share secrets with other devices that are allowed to see them. For example, clients should only share secrets with the user’s own devices that are verified and may prompt the user to confirm sharing the secret.
Event definitions
m.secret.request
Sent by a client to request a secret from another device or to cancel a previous request. It is sent as an unencrypted to-device event.
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
name |
string |
Required if |
action | enum | Required. One of ["request", "request_cancellation"]. |
requesting_device_id | string | Required. The ID of the device requesting the secret. |
request_id |
string |
Required. A random string uniquely identifying (with respect to the requester and the target) the target for a secret. If the secret is requested from multiple devices at the same time, the same ID may be used for every target. The same ID is also used in order to cancel a previous request. |
Example:
{
"name": "org.example.some.secret",
"action": "request",
"requesting_device_id": "ABCDEFG",
"request_id": "randomly_generated_id_9573"
}
m.secret.send
Sent by a client to share a secret with another device, in response to
an m.secret.request
event. It must be encrypted as an
m.room.encrypted
event, then sent as a to-device event.
Parameter | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
request_id | string | Required. The ID of the request that this a response to. |
secret | string | Required. The contents of the secret. |
Example:
{
"request_id": "randomly_generated_id_9573",
"secret": "ThisIsASecretDon'tTellAnyone"
}
Room History Visibility
This module adds support for controlling the visibility of previous events in a room.
In all cases except world_readable
, a user needs to join a room to
view events in that room. Once they have joined a room, they will gain
access to a subset of events in the room. How this subset is chosen is
controlled by the m.room.history_visibility
event outlined below.
After a user has left a room, they may see any events which they were
allowed to see before they left the room, but no events received after
they left.
The four options for the m.room.history_visibility
event are:
world_readable
- All events while this is them.room.history_visibility
value may be shared by any participating homeserver with anyone, regardless of whether they have ever joined the room.shared
- Previous events are always accessible to newly joined members. All events in the room are accessible, even those sent when the member was not a part of the room.invited
- Events are accessible to newly joined members from the point they were invited onwards. Events stop being accessible when the member’s state changes to something other thaninvite
orjoin
.joined
- Events are accessible to newly joined members from the point they joined the room onwards. Events stop being accessible when the member’s state changes to something other thanjoin
.
m.room.history_visibility
event when
the event in question is added to the DAG. This means clients cannot
retrospectively choose to show or hide history to new users if the
setting at that time was more restrictive.
Events
m.room.history_visibility
This event controls whether a user can see the events that happened in a room from before they joined.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
history_visibility |
enum |
Required: Who can see the room history. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"history_visibility": "shared"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.history_visibility",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients that implement this module MUST present to the user the possible options for setting history visibility when creating a room.
Clients may want to display a notice that their events may be read by
non-joined people if the value is set to world_readable
.
Server behaviour
By default if no history_visibility
is set, or if the value is not
understood, the visibility is assumed to be shared
. The rules
governing whether a user is allowed to see an event depend on the state
of the room at that event.
- If the
history_visibility
was set toworld_readable
, allow. - If the user’s
membership
wasjoin
, allow. - If
history_visibility
was set toshared
, and the user joined the room at any point after the event was sent, allow. - If the user’s
membership
wasinvite
, and thehistory_visibility
was set toinvited
, allow. - Otherwise, deny.
For m.room.history_visibility
events themselves, the user should be
allowed to see the event if the history_visibility
before or after
the event would allow them to see it. (For example, a user should be
able to see m.room.history_visibility
events which change the
history_visibility
from world_readable
to joined
or from
joined
to world_readable
, even if that user was not a member of the
room.)
Likewise, for the user’s own m.room.member
events, the user should be
allowed to see the event if their membership
before or after the
event would allow them to see it. (For example, a user can always see
m.room.member
events which set their membership to join
, or which
change their membership from join
to any other value, even if
history_visibility
is joined
.)
Security considerations
The default value for history_visibility
is shared
for
backwards-compatibility reasons. Clients need to be aware that by not
setting this event they are exposing all of their room history to anyone
in the room.
Push Notifications
+--------------------+ +-------------------+
Matrix HTTP | | | |
Notification Protocol | App Developer | | Device Vendor |
| | | |
+-------------------+ | +----------------+ | | +---------------+ |
| | | | | | | | | |
| Matrix homeserver +-----> Push Gateway +------> Push Provider | |
| | | | | | | | | |
+-^-----------------+ | +----------------+ | | +----+----------+ |
| | | | | |
Matrix | | | | | |
Client/Server API + | | | | |
| | +--------------------+ +-------------------+
| +--+-+ |
| | <-------------------------------------------+
+---+ |
| | Provider Push Protocol
+----+
Mobile Device or Client
This module adds support for push notifications. Homeservers send notifications of events to user-configured HTTP endpoints. Users may also configure a number of rules that determine which events generate notifications. These are all stored and managed by the user’s homeserver. This allows user-specific push settings to be reused between client applications.
The above diagram shows the flow of push notifications being sent to a handset where push notifications are submitted via the handset vendor, such as Apple’s APNS or Google’s GCM. This happens as follows:
- The client app signs in to a homeserver.
- The client app registers with its vendor’s Push Provider and obtains a routing token of some kind.
- The mobile app uses the Client/Server API to add a ‘pusher’, providing the URL of a specific Push Gateway which is configured for that application. It also provides the routing token it has acquired from the Push Provider.
- The homeserver starts sending HTTP requests to the Push Gateway using the supplied URL. The Push Gateway relays this notification to the Push Provider, passing the routing token along with any necessary private credentials the provider requires to send push notifications.
- The Push Provider sends the notification to the device.
Definitions for terms used in this section are below:
-
Push Provider: A push provider is a service managed by the device vendor which can send notifications directly to the device. Google Cloud Messaging (GCM) and Apple Push Notification Service (APNS) are two examples of push providers.
-
Push Gateway: A push gateway is a server that receives HTTP event notifications from homeservers and passes them on to a different protocol such as APNS for iOS devices or GCM for Android devices. Clients inform the homeserver which Push Gateway to send notifications to when it sets up a Pusher.
-
Pusher: A pusher is a worker on the homeserver that manages the sending of HTTP notifications for a user. A user can have multiple pushers: one per device.
-
Push Rule: A push rule is a single rule that states under what conditions an event should be passed onto a push gateway and how the notification should be presented. These rules are stored on the user’s homeserver. They are manually configured by the user, who can create and view them via the Client/Server API.
-
Push Ruleset: A push ruleset scopes a set of rules according to some criteria. For example, some rules may only be applied for messages from a particular sender, a particular room, or by default. The push ruleset contains the entire set of scopes and rules.
Client behaviour
Clients MUST configure a Pusher before they will receive push notifications. There is a single API endpoint for this, as described below.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/pushers
Gets all currently active pushers for the authenticated user.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The pushers for this user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
pushers |
Pushers |
An array containing the current pushers for the user |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
app_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what application owns this pusher. |
app_id |
string |
Required: This is a reverse-DNS style identifier for the application. Max length, 64 chars. |
data |
PusherData |
Required: A dictionary of information for the pusher implementation itself. |
device_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what device owns this pusher. |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of pusher. "http" is a pusher that
sends HTTP pokes. |
lang |
string |
Required: The preferred language for receiving notifications (e.g. ‘en’ or ‘en-US’) |
profile_tag |
string |
This string determines which set of device specific rules this pusher executes. |
pushkey |
string |
Required: This is a unique identifier for this pusher. See /set for
more detail.
Max length, 512 bytes. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
format |
string |
The format to use when sending notifications to the Push Gateway. |
url |
string |
Required if kind is http . The URL to use to send
notifications to. |
{
"pushers": [
{
"app_display_name": "Appy McAppface",
"app_id": "face.mcapp.appy.prod",
"data": {
"url": "https://example.com/_matrix/push/v1/notify"
},
"device_display_name": "Alice's Phone",
"kind": "http",
"lang": "en-US",
"profile_tag": "xyz",
"pushkey": "Xp/MzCt8/9DcSNE9cuiaoT5Ac55job3TdLSSmtmYl4A="
}
]
}
POST /_matrix/client/r0/pushers/set
This endpoint allows the creation, modification and deletion of pushers
for this user ID. The behaviour of this endpoint varies depending on the
values in the JSON body.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
app_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what application owns this pusher. |
app_id |
string |
Required: This is a reverse-DNS style identifier for the application. It is recommended that this end with the platform, such that different platform versions get different app identifiers. Max length, 64 chars. If the |
append |
boolean |
If true, the homeserver should add another pusher with the
given pushkey and App ID in addition to any others with
different user IDs. Otherwise, the homeserver must remove any
other pushers with the same App ID and pushkey for different
users. The default is false . |
data |
PusherData |
Required: A dictionary of information for the pusher implementation
itself. If kind is http , this should contain url
which is the URL to use to send notifications to. |
device_display_name |
string |
Required: A string that will allow the user to identify what device owns this pusher. |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of pusher to configure. "http" makes a pusher that
sends HTTP pokes. "email" makes a pusher that emails the
user with unread notifications. null deletes the pusher. |
lang |
string |
Required: The preferred language for receiving notifications (e.g. ‘en’ or ‘en-US’). |
profile_tag |
string |
This string determines which set of device specific rules this pusher executes. |
pushkey |
string |
Required: This is a unique identifier for this pusher. The value you should use for this is the routing or destination address information for the notification, for example, the APNS token for APNS or the Registration ID for GCM. If your notification client has no such concept, use any unique identifier. Max length, 512 bytes. If the |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
format |
string |
The format to send notifications in to Push Gateways if the
kind is http . The details about what fields the
homeserver should send to the push gateway are defined in the
Push Gateway Specification. Currently the only format
available is ‘event_id_only’. |
url |
string |
Required if kind is http . The URL to use to send
notifications to. MUST be an HTTPS URL with a path of
/_matrix/push/v1/notify . |
Request body example
{
"app_display_name": "Mat Rix",
"app_id": "com.example.app.ios",
"append": false,
"data": {
"format": "event_id_only",
"url": "https://push-gateway.location.here/_matrix/push/v1/notify"
},
"device_display_name": "iPhone 9",
"kind": "http",
"lang": "en",
"profile_tag": "xxyyzz",
"pushkey": "APA91bHPRgkF3JUikC4ENAHEeMrd41Zxv3hVZjC9KtT8OvPVGJ-hQMRKRrZuJAEcl7B338qju59zJMjw2DELjzEvxwYv7hH5Ynpc1ODQ0aT4U4OFEeco8ohsN5PjL1iC2dNtk2BAokeMCg2ZXKqpc8FXKmhX94kIxQ"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The pusher was set. |
400 |
One or more of the pusher values were invalid. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_MISSING_PARAM",
"error": "Missing parameters: lang, data"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Listing Notifications
A client can retrieve a list of events that it has been notified about. This may be useful so that users can see a summary of what important messages they have received.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/notifications
This API is used to paginate through the list of events that the
user has been, or would have been notified about.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
Pagination token given to retrieve the next set of events. |
limit |
integer |
Limit on the number of events to return in this request. |
only |
string |
Allows basic filtering of events returned. Supply highlight
to return only events where the notification had the highlight
tweak set. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
A batch of events is being returned |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_token |
string |
The token to supply in the from param of the next
/notifications request in order to request more
events. If this is absent, there are no more results. |
notifications |
[Notification] |
Required: The list of events that triggered notifications. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The action(s) to perform when the conditions for this rule are met. See Push Rules: API. |
event |
Event |
Required: The Event object for the event that triggered the notification. |
profile_tag |
string |
The profile tag of the rule that matched this event. |
read |
boolean |
Required: Indicates whether the user has sent a read receipt indicating that they have read this message. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room in which the event was posted. |
ts |
integer |
Required: The unix timestamp at which the event notification was sent, in milliseconds. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
EventContent |
The content of this event. The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. |
event_id |
string |
The ID of this event, if applicable. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
sender |
string |
The MXID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Optional. This key will only be present for state events. A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. |
type |
string |
The type of event. |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Information about this event which was not sent by the originating homeserver |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
Time in milliseconds since the event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this state. This will be present only for state events appearing in the timeline . If this is not a state event, or there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
redacted_because |
Event |
Optional. The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
Optional. The transaction ID set when this message was sent. This key will only be present for message events sent by the device calling this API. |
{
"next_token": "abcdef",
"notifications": [
{
"actions": [
"notify"
],
"event": {
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
"profile_tag": "hcbvkzxhcvb",
"read": true,
"room_id": "!abcdefg:example.com",
"ts": 1475508881945
}
]
}
Receiving notifications
Servers MUST include the number of unread notifications in a client’s
/sync
stream, and MUST update it as it changes. Notifications are
determined by the push rules which apply to an event.
When the user updates their read receipt (either by using the API or by sending an event), notifications prior to and including that event MUST be marked as read.
Push Rules
A push rule is a single rule that states under what conditions an
event should be passed onto a push gateway and how the notification
should be presented. There are different “kinds” of push rules and each
rule has an associated priority. Every push rule MUST have a kind
and
rule_id
. The rule_id
is a unique string within the kind of rule and
its' scope: rule_ids
do not need to be unique between rules of the
same kind on different devices. Rules may have extra keys depending on
the value of kind
.
The different kind
s of rule, in the order that they are checked, are:
Override Rules override
The highest priority rules are user-configured overrides.
Content-specific Rules content
These configure behaviour for (unencrypted) messages that match certain
patterns. Content rules take one parameter: pattern
, that gives the
glob pattern to match against. This is treated in the same way as
pattern
for event_match
.
Room-specific Rules room
These rules change the behaviour of all messages for a given room. The
rule_id
of a room rule is always the ID of the room that it affects.
Sender-specific rules sender
These rules configure notification behaviour for messages from a
specific Matrix user ID. The rule_id
of Sender rules is always the
Matrix user ID of the user whose messages they’d apply to.
Underride rules underride
These are identical to override
rules, but have a lower priority than
content
, room
and sender
rules.
Rules with the same kind
can specify an ordering priority. This
determines which rule is selected in the event of multiple matches. For
example, a rule matching “tea” and a separate rule matching “time” would
both match the sentence “It’s time for tea”. The ordering of the rules
would then resolve the tiebreak to determine which rule is executed.
Only actions
for highest priority rule will be sent to the Push
Gateway.
Each rule can be enabled or disabled. Disabled rules never match. If no rules match an event, the homeserver MUST NOT notify the Push Gateway for that event. Homeservers MUST NOT notify the Push Gateway for events that the user has sent themselves.
Actions
All rules have an associated list of actions
. An action affects if and
how a notification is delivered for a matching event. The following
actions are defined:
notify
This causes each matching event to generate a notification.
dont_notify
This prevents each matching event from generating a notification
coalesce
This enables notifications for matching events but activates homeserver
specific behaviour to intelligently coalesce multiple events into a
single notification. Not all homeservers may support this. Those that do
not support it should treat it as the notify
action.
set_tweak
Sets an entry in the tweaks
dictionary key that is sent in the
notification request to the Push Gateway. This takes the form of a
dictionary with a set_tweak
key whose value is the name of the tweak
to set. It may also have a value
key which is the value to which it
should be set.
Actions that have no parameters are represented as a string. Otherwise,
they are represented as a dictionary with a key equal to their name and
other keys as their parameters, e.g.
{ "set_tweak": "sound", "value": "default" }
####### Tweaks
The set_tweak
action is used to add an entry to the ‘tweaks’
dictionary that is sent in the notification request to the Push Gateway.
The following tweaks are defined:
sound
A string representing the sound to be played when this notification
arrives. A value of default
means to play a default sound. A device
may choose to alert the user by some other means if appropriate, eg.
vibration.
highlight
A boolean representing whether or not this message should be highlighted
in the UI. This will normally take the form of presenting the message in
a different colour and/or style. The UI might also be adjusted to draw
particular attention to the room in which the event occurred. If a
highlight
tweak is given with no value, its value is defined to be
true
. If no highlight tweak is given at all then the value of
highlight
is defined to be false.
Tweaks are passed transparently through the homeserver so client applications and Push Gateways may agree on additional tweaks. For example, a tweak may be added to specify how to flash the notification light on a mobile device.
Conditions
override
and underride
rules MAY have a list of ‘conditions’. All
conditions must hold true for an event in order for the rule to match. A
rule with no conditions always matches. The following conditions are
defined:
event_match
This is a glob pattern match on a field of the event. Parameters:
key
: The dot-separated field of the event to match, e.g.content.body
pattern
: The glob-style pattern to match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the condition.
contains_display_name
This matches unencrypted messages where content.body
contains the
owner’s display name in that room. This is a separate rule because
display names may change and as such it would be hard to maintain a rule
that matched the user’s display name. This condition has no parameters.
room_member_count
This matches the current number of members in the room. Parameters:
is
: A decimal integer optionally prefixed by one of,==
,<
,>
,>=
or<=
. A prefix of<
matches rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to==
.
sender_notification_permission
This takes into account the current power levels in the room, ensuring
the sender of the event has high enough power to trigger the
notification.
Parameters:
key
: A string that determines the power level the sender must have to trigger notifications of a given type, such asroom
. Refer to the m.room.power_levels event schema for information about what the defaults are and how to interpret the event. Thekey
is used to look up the power level required to send a notification type from thenotifications
object in the power level event content.
Unrecognised conditions MUST NOT match any events, effectively making the push rule disabled.
room
, sender
and content
rules do not have conditions in the same
way, but instead have predefined conditions. In the cases of room
and
sender
rules, the rule_id
of the rule determines its behaviour.
Predefined Rules
Homeservers can specify “server-default rules” which operate at a lower
priority than “user-defined rules”. The rule_id
for all server-default
rules MUST start with a dot (".") to identify them as “server-default”.
The following server-default rules are specified:
####### Default Override Rules
######## .m.rule.master
Matches all events. This can be enabled to turn off all push notifications other than those generated by override rules set by the user. By default this rule is disabled.
Definition
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master",
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"conditions": [],
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
]
}
######## .m.rule.suppress_notices
Matches messages with a msgtype
of notice
.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.msgtype",
"pattern": "m.notice",
}
],
"actions": [
"dont_notify",
]
}
######## .m.rule.invite_for_me
Matches any invites to a new room for this user.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "[the user's Matrix ID]"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.member_event
Matches any m.room.member_event
.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
]
}
######## .m.rule.contains_display_name
Matches any message whose content is unencrypted and contains the user’s current display name in the room in which it was sent.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.tombstone
Matches any state event whose type is m.room.tombstone
. This is
intended to notify users of a room when it is upgraded, similar to what
an @room
notification would accomplish.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.tombstone",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.tombstone"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "state_key",
"pattern": ""
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.roomnotif
Matches any message whose content is unencrypted and contains the text
@room
, signifying the whole room should be notified of the event.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.roomnotif",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "content.body",
"pattern": "@room"
},
{
"kind": "sender_notification_permission",
"key": "room"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
####### Default Content Rules
######## .m.rule.contains_user_name
Matches any message whose content is unencrypted and contains the local part of the user’s Matrix ID, separated by word boundaries.
Definition (as a content
rule):
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "[the local part of the user's Matrix ID]",
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
####### Default Underride Rules
######## .m.rule.call
Matches any incoming VOIP call.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.encrypted_room_one_to_one
Matches any encrypted event sent in a room with exactly two members. Unlike other push rules, this rule cannot be matched against the content of the event by nature of it being encrypted. This causes the rule to be an “all or nothing” match where it either matches all events that are encrypted (in 1:1 rooms) or none.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.encrypted_room_one_to_one",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "room_member_count",
"is": "2"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.encrypted"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.room_one_to_one
Matches any message sent in a room with exactly two members.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "room_member_count",
"is": "2"
},
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
}
]
}
######## .m.rule.message
Matches all chat messages.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify"
]
}
######## .m.rule.encrypted
Matches all encrypted events. Unlike other push rules, this rule cannot be matched against the content of the event by nature of it being encrypted. This causes the rule to be an “all or nothing” match where it either matches all events that are encrypted (in group rooms) or none.
Definition:
{
"rule_id": ".m.rule.encrypted",
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "event_match",
"key": "type",
"pattern": "m.room.encrypted"
}
],
"actions": [
"notify"
]
}
Push Rules: API
Clients can retrieve, add, modify and remove push rules globally or per-device using the APIs below.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/
Retrieve all push rulesets for this user. Clients can “drill-down” on
the rulesets by suffixing a scope
to this path e.g.
/pushrules/global/
. This will return a subset of this data under the
specified key e.g. the global
key.
scope
to this path e.g.
/pushrules/global/
. This will return a subset of this data under the
specified key e.g. the global
key.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
All the push rulesets for this user. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
global |
Ruleset |
Required: The global ruleset. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
[PushRule] |
|
override |
[PushRule] |
|
room |
[PushRule] |
|
sender |
[PushRule] |
|
underride |
[PushRule] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
{
"global": {
"content": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "alice",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name"
}
],
"override": [
{
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
],
"conditions": [],
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master"
},
{
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "content.msgtype",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices"
}
],
"room": [],
"sender": [],
"underride": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"is": "2",
"kind": "room_member_count"
},
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "@alice:example.com"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message"
}
]
}
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}
Retrieve a single specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: global to specify global rules. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The specific push rule. This will also include keys specific to the
rule itself such as the rule’s actions and conditions if set. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
{
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
],
"default": false,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "cake*lie",
"rule_id": "nocake"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}
This endpoint allows the creation, modification and deletion of pushers
for this user ID. The behaviour of this endpoint varies depending on the
values in the JSON body.
When creating push rules, they MUST be enabled by default.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: global to specify global rules. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
after |
string |
This makes the new rule the next-less important rule relative to the given user defined rule. It is not possible to add a rule relative to a predefined server rule. |
before |
string |
Use ‘before’ with a rule_id as its value to make the new rule the
next-most important rule with respect to the given user defined rule.
It is not possible to add a rule relative to a predefined server rule. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The action(s) to perform when the conditions for this rule are met. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a
rule to be applied to an event. A rule with no conditions
always matches. Only applicable to underride and override rules. |
pattern |
string |
Only applicable to content rules. The glob-style pattern to match against. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Request body example
{
"actions": [
"notify"
],
"pattern": "cake*lie"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was created/updated. |
400 |
There was a problem configuring this push rule. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist (when updating a push rule). |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNKNOWN",
"error": "before/after rule not found: someRuleId"
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}
This endpoint removes the push rule defined in the path.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: global to specify global rules. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was deleted. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}/actions
This endpoint get the actions for the specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: Either global or device/<profile_tag> to specify global
rules or device rules for the given profile_tag . |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The actions for this push rule. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The action(s) to perform for this rule. |
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "bing"
}
]
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}/actions
This endpoint allows clients to change the actions of a push rule.
This can be used to change the actions of builtin rules.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: global to specify global rules. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The action(s) to perform for this rule. |
Request body example
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
]
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The actions for the push rule were set. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}/enabled
This endpoint gets whether the specified push rule is enabled.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: Either global or device/<profile_tag> to specify global
rules or device rules for the given profile_tag . |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Whether the push rule is enabled. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
{
"enabled": true
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/pushrules/{scope}/{kind}/{ruleId}/enabled
This endpoint allows clients to enable or disable the specified push rule.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
kind |
enum |
Required: The kind of rule One of: |
ruleId |
string |
Required: The identifier for the rule. |
scope |
string |
Required: global to specify global rules. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
Request body example
{
"enabled": true
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The push rule was enabled or disabled. |
404 |
The push rule does not exist. |
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND",
"error": "The push rule was not found."
}
Push Rules: Events
When a user changes their push rules a m.push_rules
event is sent to
all clients in the account_data
section of their next /sync
request.
The content of the event is the current push rules for the user.
m.push_rules
Describes all push rules for this user.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
global |
Ruleset |
The global ruleset |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
[PushRule] |
|
override |
[PushRule] |
|
room |
[PushRule] |
|
sender |
[PushRule] |
|
underride |
[PushRule] |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
actions |
[] |
Required: The actions to perform when this rule is matched. |
conditions |
[PushCondition] |
The conditions that must hold true for an event in order for a rule to be
applied to an event. A rule with no conditions always matches. Only
applicable to underride and override rules. |
default |
boolean |
Required: Whether this is a default rule, or has been set explicitly. |
enabled |
boolean |
Required: Whether the push rule is enabled or not. |
pattern |
string |
The glob-style pattern to match against. Only applicable to content
rules. |
rule_id |
string |
Required: The ID of this rule. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
is |
string |
Required for room_member_count conditions. A decimal integer
optionally prefixed by one of, ==, <, >, >= or <=. A prefix of < matches
rooms where the member count is strictly less than the given number and
so forth. If no prefix is present, this parameter defaults to ==. |
key |
string |
Required for Required for |
kind |
string |
Required: The kind of condition to apply. See Conditions for more information on the allowed kinds and how they work. |
pattern |
string |
Required for event_match conditions. The glob-style pattern to
match against. Patterns with no special glob characters should be
treated as having asterisks prepended and appended when testing the
condition. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"global": {
"content": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"pattern": "alice",
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_user_name"
}
],
"override": [
{
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
],
"conditions": [],
"default": true,
"enabled": false,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.master"
},
{
"actions": [
"dont_notify"
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "content.msgtype",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.notice"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.suppress_notices"
}
],
"room": [],
"sender": [],
"underride": [
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "ring"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.call.invite"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.call"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight"
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"kind": "contains_display_name"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.contains_display_name"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"is": "2",
"kind": "room_member_count"
},
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.room_one_to_one"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "sound",
"value": "default"
},
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
},
{
"key": "content.membership",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "invite"
},
{
"key": "state_key",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "@alice:example.com"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.invite_for_me"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.member"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.member_event"
},
{
"actions": [
"notify",
{
"set_tweak": "highlight",
"value": false
}
],
"conditions": [
{
"key": "type",
"kind": "event_match",
"pattern": "m.room.message"
}
],
"default": true,
"enabled": true,
"rule_id": ".m.rule.message"
}
]
}
},
"type": "m.push_rules"
}
Examples
To create a rule that suppresses notifications for the room with ID
!dj234r78wl45Gh4D:matrix.org
:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/pushrules/global/room/%21dj234r78wl45Gh4D%3Amatrix.org?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"actions" : ["dont_notify"]
}'
To suppress notifications for the user @spambot:matrix.org
:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/pushrules/global/sender/%40spambot%3Amatrix.org?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"actions" : ["dont_notify"]
}'
To always notify for messages that contain the work ‘cake’ and set a
specific sound (with a rule_id of SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl
):
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/pushrules/global/content/SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"pattern": "cake",
"actions" : ["notify", {"set_sound":"cakealarm.wav"}]
}'
To add a rule suppressing notifications for messages starting with ‘cake’ but ending with ‘lie’, superseding the previous rule:
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/pushrules/global/content/U3BvbmdlIGNha2UgaXMgYmVzdA?access_token=123456&before=SSByZWFsbHkgbGlrZSBjYWtl" -d \
'{
"pattern": "cake*lie",
"actions" : ["notify"]
}'
To add a custom sound for notifications messages containing the word ‘beer’ in any rooms with 10 members or fewer (with greater importance than the room, sender and content rules):
curl -X PUT -H "Content-Type: application/json" "https://example.com/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/pushrules/global/override/U2VlIHlvdSBpbiBUaGUgRHVrZQ?access_token=123456" -d \
'{
"conditions": [
{"kind": "event_match", "key": "content.body", "pattern": "beer" },
{"kind": "room_member_count", "is": "<=10"}
],
"actions" : [
"notify",
{"set_sound":"beeroclock.wav"}
]
}'
Server behaviour
Push Gateway behaviour
Recommendations for APNS
The exact format for sending APNS notifications is flexible and up to the client app and its' push gateway to agree on. As APNS requires that the sender has a private key owned by the app developer, each app must have its own push gateway. It is recommended that:
- The APNS token be base64 encoded and used as the pushkey.
- A different app_id be used for apps on the production and sandbox APS environments.
- APNS push gateways do not attempt to wait for errors from the APNS gateway before returning and instead to store failures and return ‘rejected’ responses next time that pushkey is used.
Security considerations
Clients specify the Push Gateway URL to use to send event notifications to. This URL should be over HTTPS and never over HTTP.
As push notifications will pass through a Push Provider, message content shouldn’t be sent in the push itself where possible. Instead, Push Gateways should send a “sync” command to instruct the client to get new events from the homeserver directly.
Third party invites
This module adds in support for inviting new members to a room where
their Matrix user ID is not known, instead addressing them by a third
party identifier such as an email address. There are two flows here; one
if a Matrix user ID is known for the third party identifier, and one if
not. Either way, the client calls /invite
with the details of the
third party identifier.
The homeserver asks the identity server whether a Matrix user ID is known for that identifier:
- If it is, an invite is simply issued for that user.
- If it is not, the homeserver asks the identity server to record the details of the invitation, and to notify the invitee’s homeserver of this pending invitation if it gets a binding for this identifier in the future. The identity server returns a token and public key to the inviting homeserver.
When the invitee’s homeserver receives the notification of the binding,
it should insert an m.room.member
event into the room’s graph for that
user, with content.membership
= invite
, as well as a
content.third_party_invite
property which contains proof that the
invitee does indeed own that third party identifier. See the
m.room.member schema for more information.
Events
m.room.third_party_invite
Acts as an m.room.member
invite event, where there isn’t a target user_id to invite. This event contains a token and a public key whose private key must be used to sign the token. Any user who can present that signature may use this invitation to join the target room.
m.room.member
invite event, where there isn’t a target user_id to invite. This event contains a token and a public key whose private key must be used to sign the token. Any user who can present that signature may use this invitation to join the target room.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | The token, of which a signature must be produced in order to join the room. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
display_name |
string |
Required: A user-readable string which represents the user who has been invited. This should not contain the user’s third party ID, as otherwise when the invite is accepted it would leak the association between the matrix ID and the third party ID. |
key_validity_url |
string |
Required: A URL which can be fetched, with querystring public_key=public_key, to validate whether the key has been revoked. The URL must return a JSON object containing a boolean property named ‘valid’. |
public_key |
string |
Required: A base64-encoded ed25519 key with which token must be signed (though a signature from any entry in public_keys is also sufficient). This exists for backwards compatibility. |
public_keys |
[PublicKeys] |
Keys with which the token may be signed. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key_validity_url |
string |
An optional URL which can be fetched, with querystring public_key=public_key, to validate whether the key has been revoked. The URL must return a JSON object containing a boolean property named ‘valid’. If this URL is absent, the key must be considered valid indefinitely. |
public_key |
string |
Required: A base-64 encoded ed25519 key with which token may be signed. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"display_name": "Alice Margatroid",
"key_validity_url": "https://magic.forest/verifykey",
"public_key": "abc123",
"public_keys": [
{
"key_validity_url": "https://magic.forest/verifykey",
"public_key": "def456"
}
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "pc98",
"type": "m.room.third_party_invite",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
A client asks a server to invite a user by their third party identifier.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/invite
Note that there are two forms of this API, which are documented separately.
This version of the API does not require that the inviter know the Matrix
identifier of the invitee, and instead relies on third party identifiers.
The homeserver uses an identity server to perform the mapping from
third party identifier to a Matrix identifier. The other is documented in the
joining rooms.
This API invites a user to participate in a particular room.
They do not start participating in the room until they actually join the
room.
Only users currently in a particular room can invite other users to
join that room.
If the identity server did know the Matrix user identifier for the
third party identifier, the homeserver will append a m.room.member
event to the room.
If the identity server does not know a Matrix user identifier for the
passed third party identifier, the homeserver will issue an invitation
which can be accepted upon providing proof of ownership of the third
party identifier. This is achieved by the identity server generating a
token, which it gives to the inviting homeserver. The homeserver will
add an m.room.third_party_invite
event into the graph for the room,
containing that token.
When the invitee binds the invited third party identifier to a Matrix
user ID, the identity server will give the user a list of pending
invitations, each containing:
-
The room ID to which they were invited
-
The token given to the homeserver
-
A signature of the token, signed with the identity server’s private key
-
The matrix user ID who invited them to the room
If a token is requested from the identity server, the homeserver will
append a m.room.third_party_invite
event to the room.
m.room.member
event to the room.m.room.third_party_invite
event into the graph for the room,
containing that token.The room ID to which they were invited
The token given to the homeserver
A signature of the token, signed with the identity server’s private key
The matrix user ID who invited them to the room
m.room.third_party_invite
event to the room.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The room identifier (not alias) to which to invite the user. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
address |
string |
Required: The invitee’s third party identifier. |
id_access_token |
string |
Required: An access token previously registered with the identity server. Servers can treat this as optional to distinguish between r0.5-compatible clients and this specification version. |
id_server |
string |
Required: The hostname+port of the identity server which should be used for third party identifier lookups. |
medium |
string |
Required: The kind of address being passed in the address field, for example email . |
Request body example
{
"address": "cheeky@monkey.com",
"id_access_token": "abc123_OpaqueString",
"id_server": "matrix.org",
"medium": "email"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The user has been invited to join the room. |
403 |
You do not have permission to invite the user to the room. A meaningful
|
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "@cheeky_monkey:matrix.org is banned from the room"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server behaviour
Upon receipt of an /invite
, the server is expected to look up the
third party identifier with the provided identity server. If the lookup
yields a result for a Matrix User ID then the normal invite process can
be initiated. This process ends up looking like this:
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| | |
| POST /invite | |
|------------------------------------>| |
| | |
| | GET /lookup |
| |--------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | User ID result |
| |<---------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | Invite process for the discovered User ID |
| |------------------------------------------ |
| | | |
| |<----------------------------------------- |
| | |
| Complete the /invite request | |
|<------------------------------------| |
| | |
However, if the lookup does not yield a bound User ID, the homeserver
must store the invite on the identity server and emit a valid
m.room.third_party_invite
event to the room. This process ends up
looking like this:
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| Client | | Homeserver | | IdentityServer |
+---------+ +-------------+ +-----------------+
| | |
| POST /invite | |
|------------------------------------>| |
| | |
| | GET /lookup |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | "no users" result |
| |<--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | POST /store-invite |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | |
| | Information needed for the m.room.third_party_invite |
| |<--------------------------------------------------------------|
| | |
| | Emit m.room.third_party_invite to the room |
| |------------------------------------------- |
| | | |
| |<------------------------------------------ |
| | |
| Complete the /invite request | |
|<------------------------------------| |
| | |
All homeservers MUST verify the signature in the event’s
content.third_party_invite.signed
object.
The third party user will then need to verify their identity, which
results in a call from the identity server to the homeserver that bound
the third party identifier to a user. The homeserver then exchanges the
m.room.third_party_invite
event in the room for a complete
m.room.member
event for membership: invite
for the user that has
bound the third party identifier.
If a homeserver is joining a room for the first time because of an
m.room.third_party_invite
, the server which is already participating
in the room (which is chosen as per the standard server-server
specification) MUST validate that the public key used for signing is
still valid, by checking key_validity_url
in the above described way.
No other homeservers may reject the joining of the room on the basis of
key_validity_url
, this is so that all homeservers have a consistent
view of the room. They may, however, indicate to their clients that a
member’s membership is questionable.
For example, given H1, H2, and H3 as homeservers, UserA as a user of H1, and an identity server IS, the full sequence for a third party invite would look like the following. This diagram assumes H1 and H2 are residents of the room while H3 is attempting to join.
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
| UserA | | ThirdPartyUser | | H1 | | H2 | | H3 | | IS |
+-------+ +-----------------+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+ +-----+
| | | | | |
| POST /invite for ThirdPartyUser | | | |
|----------------------------------->| | | |
| | | | | |
| | | GET /lookup | | |
| | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | Lookup results (empty object) |
| | |<----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | POST /store-invite | | |
| | |---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | Token, keys, etc for third party invite |
| | |<----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit m.room.third_party_invite | | |
| | |----------------------------------------------->| | |
| | | | | |
| Complete /invite request | | | |
|<-----------------------------------| | | |
| | | | | |
| | Verify identity | | | |
| |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->|
| | | | | |
| | | | | POST /3pid/onbind |
| | | | |<---------------------------|
| | | | | |
| | | PUT /exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId | |
| | |<-----------------------------------------------------------------| |
| | | | | |
| | | Verify the request | | |
| | |------------------- | | |
| | | | | | |
| | |<------------------ | | |
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit m.room.member for invite | | |
| | |----------------------------------------------->| | |
| | | | | |
| | | | | |
| | | (Federation) Emit the m.room.member event sent to H2 | |
| | |----------------------------------------------------------------->| |
| | | | | |
| | | Complete /exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId request | |
| | |----------------------------------------------------------------->| |
| | | | | |
| | | | | Participate in the room |
| | | | |------------------------ |
| | | | | | |
| | | | |<----------------------- |
| | | | | |
Note that when H1 sends the m.room.member
event to H2 and H3 it does
not have to block on either server’s receipt of the event. Likewise, H1
may complete the /exchange_third_party_invite/:roomId
request at the
same time as sending the m.room.member
event to H2 and H3.
Additionally, H3 may complete the /3pid/onbind
request it got from IS
at any time - the completion is not shown in the diagram.
H1 MUST verify the request from H3 to ensure the signed
property is
correct as well as the key_validity_url
as still being valid. This is
done by making a request to the identity server
/isvalid
endpoint, using the provided URL rather than constructing a new one. The
query string and response for the provided URL must match the Identity
Service Specification.
The reason that no other homeserver may reject the event based on
checking key_validity_url
is that we must ensure event acceptance is
deterministic. If some other participating server doesn’t have a network
path to the keyserver, or if the keyserver were to go offline, or revoke
its keys, that other server would reject the event and cause the
participating servers' graphs to diverge. This relies on participating
servers trusting each other, but that trust is already implied by the
server-server protocol. Also, the public key signature verification must
still be performed, so the attack surface here is minimized.
Security considerations
There are a number of privacy and trust implications to this module.
It is important for user privacy that leaking the mapping between a matrix user ID and a third party identifier is hard. In particular, being able to look up all third party identifiers from a matrix user ID (and accordingly, being able to link each third party identifier) should be avoided wherever possible. To this end, the third party identifier is not put in any event, rather an opaque display name provided by the identity server is put into the events. Clients should not remember or display third party identifiers from invites, other than for the use of the inviter themself.
Homeservers are not required to trust any particular identity server(s). It is generally a client’s responsibility to decide which identity servers it trusts, not a homeserver’s. Accordingly, this API takes identity servers as input from end users, and doesn’t have any specific trusted set. It is possible some homeservers may want to supply defaults, or reject some identity servers for its users, but no homeserver is allowed to dictate which identity servers other homeservers' users trust.
There is some risk of denial of service attacks by flooding homeservers or identity servers with many requests, or much state to store. Defending against these is left to the implementer’s discretion.
Server Side Search
The search API allows clients to perform full text search across events in all rooms that the user has been in, including those that they have left. Only events that the user is allowed to see will be searched, e.g. it won’t include events in rooms that happened after you left.
Client behaviour
There is a single HTTP API for performing server-side search, documented below.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/search
Performs a full text search across different categories.
Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
next_batch |
string |
The point to return events from. If given, this should be a
next_batch result from a previous call to this endpoint. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
search_categories |
Categories |
Required: Describes which categories to search in and their criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_events |
Room Events Criteria |
Mapping of category name to search criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
event_context |
Include Event Context |
Configures whether any context for the events returned are included in the response. |
filter |
Filter |
This takes a filter. |
groupings |
Groupings |
Requests that the server partitions the result set based on the provided list of keys. |
include_state |
Include current state |
Requests the server return the current state for each room returned. |
keys |
[string] |
The keys to search. Defaults to all. |
order_by |
Ordering |
The order in which to search for results.
By default, this is "rank" . |
search_term |
string |
Required: The string to search events for |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
after_limit |
After limit |
How many events after the result are
returned. By default, this is 5 . |
before_limit |
Before limit |
How many events before the result are
returned. By default, this is 5 . |
include_profile |
Return profile information |
Requests that the server returns the
historic profile information for the users
that sent the events that were returned.
By default, this is false . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
contains_url |
boolean |
If true , includes only events with a url key in their content. If false , excludes those events. If omitted, url key is not considered for filtering. |
include_redundant_members |
boolean |
If true , sends all membership events for all events, even if they have already
been sent to the client. Does not
apply unless lazy_load_members is true . See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
lazy_load_members |
boolean |
If true , enables lazy-loading of membership events. See
Lazy-loading room members
for more information. Defaults to false . |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. |
not_rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no rooms are excluded. A matching room will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'rooms' filter. |
not_senders |
[string] |
A list of sender IDs to exclude. If this list is absent then no senders are excluded. A matching sender will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'senders' filter. |
not_types |
[string] |
A list of event types to exclude. If this list is absent then no event types are excluded. A matching type will be excluded even if it is listed in the 'types' filter. A ‘*’ can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
rooms |
[string] |
A list of room IDs to include. If this list is absent then all rooms are included. |
senders |
[string] |
A list of senders IDs to include. If this list is absent then all senders are included. |
types |
[string] |
A list of event types to include. If this list is absent then all event types are included. A '*' can be used as a wildcard to match any sequence of characters. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
group_by |
Groups |
List of groups to request. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
key |
Group Key |
Key that defines the group. |
Request body example
{
"search_categories": {
"room_events": {
"groupings": {
"group_by": [
{
"key": "room_id"
}
]
},
"keys": [
"content.body"
],
"order_by": "recent",
"search_term": "martians and men"
}
}
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
Results of the search. |
400 |
Part of the request was invalid. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
search_categories |
Result Categories |
Required: Describes which categories to search in and their criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
room_events |
Result Room Events |
Mapping of category name to search criteria. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
count |
integer |
An approximate count of the total number of results found. |
groups |
{ string: Group Key} |
Any groups that were requested. The outer |
highlights |
Highlights |
List of words which should be highlighted, useful for stemming which may change the query terms. |
next_batch |
Next Batch |
Token that can be used to get the next batch of
results, by passing as the next_batch parameter to
the next call. If this field is absent, there are no
more results. |
results |
Results |
List of results in the requested order. |
state |
{ string: Room State} |
The current state for every room in the results.
This is included if the request had the
The |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
context |
Event Context |
Context for result, if requested. |
rank |
number |
A number that describes how closely this result matches the search. Higher is closer. |
result |
Event |
The event that matched. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
end |
End Token |
Pagination token for the end of the chunk |
events_after |
Events After |
Events just after the result. |
events_before |
Events Before |
Events just before the result. |
profile_info |
{ string: User Profile} |
The historic profile information of the users that sent the events returned. The |
start |
Start Token |
Pagination token for the start of the chunk |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
avatar_url |
Avatar Url |
|
displayname |
Display name |
{
"search_categories": {
"room_events": {
"count": 1224,
"groups": {
"room_id": {
"!qPewotXpIctQySfjSy:localhost": {
"next_batch": "BdgFsdfHSf-dsFD",
"order": 1,
"results": [
"$144429830826TWwbB:localhost"
]
}
}
},
"highlights": [
"martians",
"men"
],
"next_batch": "5FdgFsd234dfgsdfFD",
"results": [
{
"rank": 0.00424866,
"result": {
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$144429830826TWwbB:localhost",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!qPewotXpIctQySfjSy:localhost",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
}
]
}
}
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Search Categories
The search API allows clients to search in different categories of
items. Currently the only specified category is room_events
.
room_events
This category covers all events that the user is allowed to see, including events in rooms that they have left. The search is performed on certain keys of certain event types.
The supported keys to search over are:
content.body
inm.room.message
content.name
inm.room.name
content.topic
inm.room.topic
The search will not include rooms that are end to end encrypted.
The results include a rank
key that can be used to sort the results by
relevancy. The higher the rank
the more relevant the result is.
The value of count
gives an approximation of the total number of
results. Homeservers may give an estimate rather than an exact value for
this field.
Ordering
The client can specify the ordering that the server returns results in. The two allowed orderings are:
rank
, which returns the most relevant results first.recent
, which returns the most recent results first.
The default ordering is rank
.
Groups
The client can request that the results are returned along with grouping
information, e.g. grouped by room_id
. In this case the response will
contain a group entry for each distinct value of room_id
. Each group
entry contains at least a list of the event_ids
that are in that
group, as well as potentially other metadata about the group.
The current required supported groupings are:
room_id
sender
Pagination
The server may return a next_batch
key at various places in the
response. These are used to paginate the results. To fetch more results,
the client should send the same request to the server with a
next_batch
query parameter set to that of the token.
The scope of the pagination is defined depending on where the
next_batch
token was returned. For example, using a token inside a
group will return more results from within that group.
The currently supported locations for the next_batch
token are:
search_categories.<category>.next_batch
search_categories.<category>.groups.<group_key>.<group_id>.next_batch
A server need not support pagination, even if there are more matching
results. In that case, they must not return a next_batch
token in the
response.
Security considerations
The server must only return results that the user has permission to see.
Guest Access
There are times when it is desirable for clients to be able to interact with rooms without having to fully register for an account on a homeserver or join the room. This module specifies how these clients should interact with servers in order to participate in rooms as guests.
Guest users retrieve access tokens from a homeserver using the ordinary
register
endpoint,
specifying the kind
parameter as guest
. They may then interact with
the client-server API as any other user would, but will only have access
to a subset of the API as described the Client behaviour subsection
below. Homeservers may choose not to allow this access at all to their
local users, but have no information about whether users on other
homeservers are guests or not.
Guest users can also upgrade their account by going through the ordinary
register
flow, but specifying the additional POST parameter
guest_access_token
containing the guest’s access token. They are also
required to specify the username
parameter to the value of the local
part of their username, which is otherwise optional.
This module does not fully factor in federation; it relies on individual homeservers properly adhering to the rules set out in this module, rather than allowing all homeservers to enforce the rules on each other.
Events
m.room.guest_access
This event controls whether guest users are allowed to join rooms. If this event is absent, servers should act as if it is present and has the guest_access value “forbidden”.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
guest_access |
enum |
Required: Whether guests can join the room. One of: |
Examples
{
"content": {
"guest_access": "can_join"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.guest_access",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for retrieving events:
- GET /rooms/:room_id/state
- GET /rooms/:room_id/context/:event_id
- GET /rooms/:room_id/event/:event_id
- GET /rooms/:room_id/state/:event_type/:state_key
- GET /rooms/:room_id/messages
- GET /rooms/:room_id/members
- GET /rooms/:room_id/initialSync
- GET /sync
- GET /events as used for room previews.
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for sending events:
- POST /rooms/:room_id/join
- POST /rooms/:room_id/leave
- PUT /rooms/:room_id/send/m.room.message/:txn_id
- PUT /sendToDevice/{eventType}/{txnId}
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for their own account maintenance:
The following API endpoints are allowed to be accessed by guest accounts for end-to-end encryption:
Server behaviour
Servers MUST only allow guest users to join rooms if the
m.room.guest_access
state event is present on the room, and has the
guest_access
value can_join
. If the m.room.guest_access
event is
changed to stop this from being the case, the server MUST set those
users' m.room.member
state to leave
.
Security considerations
Each homeserver manages its own guest accounts itself, and whether an account is a guest account or not is not information passed from server to server. Accordingly, any server participating in a room is trusted to properly enforce the permissions outlined in this section.
Homeservers may want to enable protections such as captchas for guest registration to prevent spam, denial of service, and similar attacks.
Room Previews
It is sometimes desirable to offer a preview of a room, where a user can “lurk” and read messages posted to the room, without joining the room. This can be particularly effective when combined with Guest Access.
Previews are implemented via the world_readable
Room History
Visibility. setting, along with a special version of the GET
/events endpoint.
Client behaviour
A client wishing to view a room without joining it should call GET /rooms/:room_id/initialSync, followed by GET /events. Clients will need to do this in parallel for each room they wish to view.
Clients can of course also call other endpoints such as GET
/rooms/:room_id/messages
and GET /search to
access events outside the /events
stream.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/events
This will listen for new events related to a particular room and return
them to the caller. This will block until an event is received, or until
the timeout
is reached.
This API is the same as the normal /events
endpoint, but can be
called by users who have not joined the room.
Note that the normal /events
endpoint has been deprecated. This
API will also be deprecated at some point, but its replacement is not
yet known.
timeout
is reached./events
endpoint, but can be
called by users who have not joined the room./events
endpoint has been deprecated. This
API will also be deprecated at some point, but its replacement is not
yet known.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
from |
string |
The token to stream from. This token is either from a previous request to this API or from the initial sync API. |
room_id |
string |
The room ID for which events should be returned. |
timeout |
integer |
The maximum time in milliseconds to wait for an event. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events received, which may be none. |
400 |
Bad pagination from parameter. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
chunk |
[Event] |
An array of events. |
end |
string |
A token which correlates to the last value in chunk . This
token should be used in the next request to /events . |
start |
string |
A token which correlates to the first value in chunk . This
is usually the same token supplied to from= . |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
{
"chunk": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!somewhere:over.the.rainbow",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"end": "s3457_9_0",
"start": "s3456_9_0"
}
Server behaviour
For clients which have not joined a room, servers are required to only
return events where the room state at the event had the
m.room.history_visibility
state event present with
history_visibility
value world_readable
.
Security considerations
Clients may wish to display to their users that rooms which are
world_readable
may be showing messages to non-joined users. There is
no way using this module to find out whether any non-joined guest users
do see events in the room, or to list or count any lurking users.
Room Tagging
Users can add tags to rooms. Tags are namespaced strings used to label rooms. A room may have multiple tags. Tags are only visible to the user that set them but are shared across all their devices.
Events
The tags on a room are received as single m.tag
event in the
account_data
section of a room. The content of the m.tag
event is a
tags
key whose value is an object mapping the name of each tag to
another object.
The JSON object associated with each tag gives information about the tag, e.g how to order the rooms with a given tag.
Ordering information is given under the order
key as a number between
0 and 1. The numbers are compared such that 0 is displayed first.
Therefore a room with an order
of 0.2
would be displayed before a
room with an order
of 0.7
. If a room has a tag without an order
key then it should appear after the rooms with that tag that have an
order
key.
The name of a tag MUST NOT exceed 255 bytes.
The tag namespace is defined as follows:
- The namespace
m.*
is reserved for tags defined in the Matrix specification. Clients must ignore any tags in this namespace they don’t understand. - The namespace
u.*
is reserved for user-defined tags. The portion of the string after theu.
is defined to be the display name of this tag. No other semantics should be inferred from tags in this namespace. - A client or app willing to use special tags for advanced
functionality should namespace them similarly to state keys:
tld.name.*
- Any tag in the
tld.name.*
form but not matching the namespace of the current client should be ignored - Any tag not matching the above rules should be interpreted as a user
tag from the
u.*
namespace, as if the name had already hadu.
stripped from the start (ie. the name of the tag is used as the display name directly). These non-namespaced tags are supported for historical reasons. New tags should use one of the defined namespaces above.
Several special names are listed in the specification: The following
tags are defined in the m.*
namespace:
m.favourite
: The user’s favourite rooms. These should be shown with higher precedence than other rooms.m.lowpriority
: These should be shown with lower precedence than others.m.server_notice
: Used to identify Server Notice Rooms.
m.tag
Informs the client of tags on a room.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
tags |
{ string: Tag} |
The tags on the room and their contents. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range [0,1] describing a relative position of the room under the given tag. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"tags": {
"u.work": {
"order": 0.9
}
}
},
"type": "m.tag"
}
Client Behaviour
GET /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags
List the tags set by a user on a room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to get tags for. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to get tags for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The list of tags for the user for the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
tags |
{ string: Tag} |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range [0,1] describing a relative
position of the room under the given tag. |
{
"tags": {
"m.favourite": {
"order": 0.1
},
"u.Customers": {},
"u.Work": {
"order": 0.7
}
}
}
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags/{tag}
Add a tag to the room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to add a tag to. |
tag |
string |
Required: The tag to add. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to add a tag for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
order |
number |
A number in a range [0,1] describing a relative
position of the room under the given tag. |
Request body example
{
"order": 0.25
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The tag was successfully added. |
DELETE /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/tags/{tag}
Remove a tag from the room.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to remove a tag from. |
tag |
string |
Required: The tag to remove. |
userId |
string |
Required: The id of the user to remove a tag for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The tag was successfully removed. |
Client Config
Clients can store custom config data for their account on their homeserver. This account data will be synced between different devices and can persist across installations on a particular device. Users may only view the account data for their own account
The account_data may be either global or scoped to a particular rooms.
Events
The client receives the account data as events in the account_data
sections of a /sync
.
These events can also be received in a /events
response or in the
account_data
section of a room in /sync
. m.tag
events appearing in
/events
will have a room_id
with the room the tags are for.
Client Behaviour
GET /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/account_data/{type}
Get some account_data for the client. This config is only visible to the user
that set the account_data.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account_data to get. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to get account_data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data content for the given type. |
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/account_data/{type}
Set some account_data for the client. This config is only visible to the user
that set the account_data. The config will be synced to clients in the
top-level account_data
.
account_data
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account_data to set. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to set account_data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_config_value"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account_data was successfully added. |
GET /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/account_data/{type}
Get some account_data for the client on a given room. This config is only
visible to the user that set the account_data.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to get account_data for. |
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account_data to get. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to set account_data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account data content for the given type. |
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/rooms/{roomId}/account_data/{type}
Set some account_data for the client on a given room. This config is only
visible to the user that set the account_data. The config will be synced to
clients in the per-room account_data
.
account_data
.Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to set account_data on. |
type |
string |
Required: The event type of the account_data to set. Custom types should be namespaced to avoid clashes. |
userId |
string |
Required: The ID of the user to set account_data for. The access token must be authorized to make requests for this user ID. |
Request body
Request body example
{
"custom_account_data_key": "custom_account_data_value"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The account_data was successfully added. |
Server Behaviour
Servers MUST reject clients from setting account data for event types that the server manages. Currently, this only includes m.fully_read.
Server Administration
This module adds capabilities for server administrators to inspect server state and data.
Client Behaviour
GET /_matrix/client/r0/admin/whois/{userId}
Gets information about a particular user.
This API may be restricted to only be called by the user being looked
up, or by a server admin. Server-local administrator privileges are not
specified in this document.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The lookup was successful. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
devices |
{ string: DeviceInfo} |
Each key is an identifier for one of the user’s devices. |
user_id |
string |
The Matrix user ID of the user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
sessions |
[SessionInfo] |
A user’s sessions (i.e. what they did with an access token from one login). |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
connections |
[ConnectionInfo] |
Information particular connections in the session. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ip |
string |
Most recently seen IP address of the session. |
last_seen |
integer |
Unix timestamp that the session was last active. |
user_agent |
string |
User agent string last seen in the session. |
{
"devices": {
"teapot": {
"sessions": [
{
"connections": [
{
"ip": "127.0.0.1",
"last_seen": 1411996332123,
"user_agent": "curl/7.31.0-DEV"
},
{
"ip": "10.0.0.2",
"last_seen": 1411996332123,
"user_agent": "Mozilla/5.0 (X11; Linux x86_64) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/37.0.2062.120 Safari/537.36"
}
]
}
]
}
},
"user_id": "@peter:rabbit.rocks"
}
Event Context
This API returns a number of events that happened just before and after the specified event. This allows clients to get the context surrounding an event.
Client behaviour
There is a single HTTP API for retrieving event context, documented below.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/context/{eventId}
This API returns a number of events that happened just before and
after the specified event. This allows clients to get the context
surrounding an event.
Note: This endpoint supports lazy-loading of room member events. See
Lazy-loading room members for more information.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event to get context around. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room to get events from. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
filter |
string |
A JSON See Filtering for more information. |
limit |
integer |
The maximum number of events to return. Default: 10. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The events and state surrounding the requested event. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
end |
string |
A token that can be used to paginate forwards with. |
event |
RoomEvent |
Details of the requested event. |
events_after |
[RoomEvent] |
A list of room events that happened just after the requested event, in chronological order. |
events_before |
[RoomEvent] |
A list of room events that happened just before the requested event, in reverse-chronological order. |
start |
string |
A token that can be used to paginate backwards with. |
state |
[StateEvent] |
The state of the room at the last event returned. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
age |
integer |
The time in milliseconds that has elapsed since the event was sent. This field is generated by the local homeserver, and may be incorrect if the local time on at least one of the two servers is out of sync, which can cause the age to either be negative or greater than it actually is. |
redacted_because |
Event |
The event that redacted this event, if any. |
transaction_id |
string |
The client-supplied transaction ID, for example, provided via
PUT /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/send/{eventType}/{txnId} ,
if the client being given the event is the same one which sent it. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
content |
object |
Required: The fields in this object will vary depending on the type of event. When interacting with the REST API, this is the HTTP body. |
event_id |
string |
Required: The globally unique event identifier. |
origin_server_ts |
integer |
Required: Timestamp in milliseconds on originating homeserver when this event was sent. |
prev_content |
EventContent |
Optional. The previous content for this event. If there is no previous content, this key will be missing. |
room_id |
string |
Required: The ID of the room associated with this event. Will not be present on events
that arrive through /sync , despite being required everywhere else. |
sender |
string |
Required: Contains the fully-qualified ID of the user who sent this event. |
state_key |
string |
Required: A unique key which defines the overwriting semantics for this piece of room state. This value is often a zero-length string. The presence of this key makes this event a State Event.
State keys starting with an @ are reserved for referencing user IDs, such as room members. With the exception of a few events, state events set with a given user’s ID as the state key MUST only be set by that user. |
type |
string |
Required: The type of event. This SHOULD be namespaced similar to Java package naming conventions e.g. ‘com.example.subdomain.event.type’ |
unsigned |
UnsignedData |
Contains optional extra information about the event. |
{
"end": "t29-57_2_0_2",
"event": {
"content": {
"body": "filename.jpg",
"info": {
"h": 398,
"mimetype": "image/jpeg",
"size": 31037,
"w": 394
},
"msgtype": "m.image",
"url": "mxc://example.org/JWEIFJgwEIhweiWJE"
},
"event_id": "$f3h4d129462ha:example.com",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
"events_after": [
{
"content": {
"body": "This is an example text message",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "\u003cb\u003eThis is an example text message\u003c/b\u003e",
"msgtype": "m.text"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"events_before": [
{
"content": {
"body": "something-important.doc",
"filename": "something-important.doc",
"info": {
"mimetype": "application/msword",
"size": 46144
},
"msgtype": "m.file",
"url": "mxc://example.org/FHyPlCeYUSFFxlgbQYZmoEoe"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.room.message",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
],
"start": "t27-54_2_0_2",
"state": [
{
"content": {
"creator": "@example:example.org",
"m.federate": true,
"predecessor": {
"event_id": "$something:example.org",
"room_id": "!oldroom:example.org"
},
"room_version": "1"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.create",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
},
{
"content": {
"avatar_url": "mxc://example.org/SEsfnsuifSDFSSEF",
"displayname": "Alice Margatroid",
"membership": "join",
"reason": "Looking for support"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!636q39766251:example.com",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "@alice:example.org",
"type": "m.room.member",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
]
}
Security considerations
The server must only return results that the user has permission to see.
SSO client login/authentication
Single Sign-On (SSO) is a generic term which refers to protocols which allow users to log into applications via a single web-based authentication portal. Examples include OpenID Connect, “Central Authentication Service” (CAS) and SAML.
This module allows a Matrix homeserver to delegate user authentication to an external authentication server supporting one of these protocols. In this process, there are three systems involved:
- A Matrix client, using the APIs defined this specification, which is seeking to authenticate a user to a Matrix homeserver.
- A Matrix homeserver, implementing the APIs defined in this specification, but which is delegating user authentication to the authentication server.
- An “authentication server”, which is responsible for authenticating the user.
This specification is concerned only with communication between the Matrix client and the homeserver, and is independent of the SSO protocol used to communicate with the authentication server. Different Matrix homeserver implementations might support different SSO protocols.
Clients and homeservers implementing the SSO flow will need to consider both login and user-interactive authentication. The flow is similar in both cases, but there are slight differences.
Typically, SSO systems require a single “callback” URI to be configured at the authentication server. Once the user is authenticated, their browser is redirected to that URI. It is up to the Matrix homeserver implementation to implement a suitable endpoint. For example, for CAS authentication the homeserver should provide a means for the administrator to configure where the CAS server is and the REST endpoints which consume the ticket.
Client login via SSO
An overview of the process is as follows:
- The Matrix client calls
GET /login
to find the supported login types, and the homeserver includes a flow with"type": "m.login.sso"
in the response. - To initiate the
m.login.sso
login type, the Matrix client instructs the user’s browser to navigate to the/login/sso/redirect
endpoint on the user’s homeserver. - The homeserver responds with an HTTP redirect to the SSO user interface, which the browser follows.
- The authentication server and the homeserver interact to verify the user’s identity and other authentication information, potentially using a number of redirects.
- The browser is directed to the
redirectUrl
provided by the client with aloginToken
query parameter for the client to log in with. - The client exchanges the login token for an access token by calling
the
/login
endpoint with atype
ofm.login.token
.
For native applications, typically steps 1 to 4 are carried out by opening an embedded web view.
These steps are illustrated as follows:
Matrix Client Matrix Homeserver Auth Server
| | |
|-------------(0) GET /login----------->| |
|<-------------login types--------------| |
| | |
| Webview | |
| | | |
|----->| | |
| |--(1) GET /login/sso/redirect-->| |
| |<---------(2) 302---------------| |
| | | |
| |<========(3) Authentication process================>|
| | | |
| |<--(4) redirect to redirectUrl--| |
|<-----| | |
| | |
|---(5) POST /login with login token--->| |
|<-------------access token-------------| |
m.login.cas
login flow. This specification
deprecates the use of m.login.cas
to instead prefer m.login.sso
,
which is the same process with the only change being which redirect
endpoint to use: for m.login.cas
, use /cas/redirect
and for
m.login.sso
use /sso/redirect
(described below). The endpoints are
otherwise the same.
Client behaviour
The client starts the process by instructing the browser to navigate to
/login/sso/redirect
with an appropriate redirectUrl
. Once
authentication is successful, the browser will be redirected to that
redirectUrl
.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/login/sso/redirect
A web-based Matrix client should instruct the user’s browser to
navigate to this endpoint in order to log in via SSO.
The server MUST respond with an HTTP redirect to the SSO interface.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | No |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
redirectUrl |
string |
Required: URI to which the user will be redirected after the homeserver has authenticated the user with SSO. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
302 |
A redirect to the SSO interface. |
Security considerations
-
CSRF attacks via manipulation of parameters on the
redirectUrl
Clients should validate any requests to the
redirectUrl
. In particular, it may be possible for attackers to falsify any query parameters, leading to cross-site request forgery (CSRF) attacks.For example, consider a web-based client at
https://client.example.com
, which wants to initiate SSO login on the homeserver atserver.example.org
. It does this by storing the homeserver name in a query parameter for theredirectUrl
: it redirects tohttps://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://client.example.com?hs=server.example.org
.An attacker could trick a victim into following a link to
https://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://client.example.com?hs=evil.com
, which would result in the client sending a login token for the victim’s account to the attacker-controlled siteevil.com
.To guard against this, clients MUST NOT store state (such as the address of the homeserver being logged into) anywhere it can be modified by external processes.
Instead, the state could be stored in localStorage or in a cookie.
-
For added security, clients SHOULD include a unique identifier in the
redirectUrl
and reject any callbacks that do not contain a recognised identifier, to guard against unsolicited login attempts and replay attacks.
Server behaviour
Redirecting to the Authentication server
The server should handle
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/login/sso/redirect
as follows:
- It should build a suitable request for the SSO system.
- It should store enough state that the flow can be securely resumed
after the SSO process completes. One way to do this is by storing a
cookie which is stored in the user’s browser, by adding a
Set-Cookie
header to the response. - It should redirect the user’s browser to the SSO login page with the appropriate parameters.
See also the “Security considerations” below.
Handling the callback from the Authentication server
Note that there will normally be a single callback URI which is used for both login and user-interactive authentication: it is up to the homeserver implementation to distinguish which is taking place.
The homeserver should validate the response from the SSO system: this may require additional calls to the authentication server, and/or may require checking a signature on the response.
The homeserver then proceeds as follows:
- The homeserver MUST map the user details received from the authentication server to a valid Matrix user identifier. The guidance in Mapping from other character sets may be useful.
- If the generated user identifier represents a new user, it should be registered as a new user.
- The homeserver should generate a short-term login token. This is an
opaque token, suitable for use with the
m.login.token
type of the/login
API. The lifetime of this token SHOULD be limited to around five seconds. - The homeserver adds a query parameter of
loginToken
, with the value of the generated login token, to theredirectUrl
given in the/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/login/sso/redirect
request. (Note:redirectURL
may or may not include existing query parameters. If it already includes one or moreloginToken
parameters, they should be removed before adding the new one.) - The homeserver redirects the user’s browser to the URI thus built.
Security considerations
-
Homeservers should ensure that login tokens are not sent to malicious clients.
For example, consider a homeserver at
server.example.org
. An attacker tricks a victim into following a link tohttps://server.example.org/login/sso/redirect?redirectUrl=https://evil.com
, resulting in a login token being sent to the attacker-controlled siteevil.com
. This is a form of cross-site request forgery (CSRF).To mitigate this, Homeservers SHOULD confirm with the user that they are happy to grant access to their matrix account to the site named in the
redirectUrl
. This can be done either before redirecting to the SSO login page when handling the/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/login/sso/redirect
endpoint, or after login when handling the callback from the authentication server. (If the check is performed before redirecting, it is particularly important that the homeserver guards against unsolicited authentication attempts as below).It may be appropriate to whitelist a set of known-trusted client URLs in this process. In particular, the homeserver’s own login fallback implementation could be excluded.
-
For added security, homeservers SHOULD guard against unsolicited authentication attempts by tracking pending requests. One way to do this is to set a cookie when handling
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/login/sso/redirect
, which is checked and cleared when handling the callback from the authentication server.
SSO during User-Interactive Authentication
User-interactive authentication is used by client-server endpoints which require additional confirmation of the user’s identity (beyond holding an access token). Typically this means that the user must re-enter their password, but for homeservers which delegate to an SSO server, this means redirecting to the authentication server during user-interactive auth.
The implemementation of this is based on the Fallback mechanism for user-interactive auth.
Client behaviour
Clients do not need to take any particular additional steps beyond
ensuring that the fallback mechanism has been implemented, and treating
the m.login.sso
authentication type the same as any other unknown type
(i.e. they should open a browser window for
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web?session=<session_id>
.
Once the flow has completed, the client retries the request with the
session only.)
Server behaviour
Redirecting to the Authentication server
The server should handle
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
in much the same way as
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/login/sso/redirect
, which is to
say:
- It should build a suitable request for the SSO system.
- It should store enough state that the flow can be securely resumed
after the SSO process completes. One way to do this is by storing a
cookie which is stored in the user’s browser, by adding a
Set-Cookie
header to the response. - It should redirect the user’s browser to the SSO login page with the appropriate parameters.
See also the “Security considerations” below.
Handling the callback from the Authentication server
Note that there will normally be a single callback URI which is used for both login and user-interactive authentication: it is up to the homeserver implementation to distinguish which is taking place.
The homeserver should validate the response from the SSO system: this may require additional calls to the authentication server, and/or may require checking a signature on the response.
The homeserver then returns the user-interactive authentication fallback completion page to the user’s browser.
Security considerations
-
Confirming the operation
The homeserver SHOULD confirm that the user is happy for the operation to go ahead. The goal of the user-interactive authentication operation is to guard against a compromised
access_token
being used to take over the user’s account. Simply redirecting the user to the SSO system is insufficient, since they may not realise what is being asked of them, or the SSO system may even confirm the authentication automatically.For example, the homeserver might serve a page with words to the effect of:
A client is trying to remove a device from your account. To confirm this action, re-authenticate with single sign-on. If you did not expect this, your account may be compromised!
This confirmation could take place before redirecting to the SSO authentication page (when handling the
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
endpoint), or after authentication when handling the callback from the authentication server. (If the check is performed before redirecting, it is particularly important that the homeserver guards against unsolicited authentication attempts as below). -
For added security, homeservers SHOULD guard against unsolicited authentication attempts by tracking pending requests. One way to do this is to set a cookie when handling
/_matrix/client/%CLIENT_MAJOR_VERSION%/auth/m.login.sso/fallback/web
, which is checked and cleared when handling the callback from the authentication server.
Direct Messaging
All communication over Matrix happens within a room. It is sometimes desirable to offer users the concept of speaking directly to one particular person. This module defines a way of marking certain rooms as ‘direct chats’ with a given person. This does not restrict the chat to being between exactly two people since this would preclude the presence of automated ‘bot’ users or even a ‘personal assistant’ who is able to answer direct messages on behalf of the user in their absence.
A room may not necessarily be considered ‘direct’ by all members of the room, but a signalling mechanism exists to propagate the information of whether a chat is ‘direct’ to an invitee.
Events
m.direct
A map of which rooms are considered ‘direct’ rooms for specific users
is kept in account_data
in an event of type m.direct
. The
content of this event is an object where the keys are the user IDs
and values are lists of room ID strings of the ‘direct’ rooms for
that user ID.
account_data
in an event of type m.direct
. The
content of this event is an object where the keys are the user IDs
and values are lists of room ID strings of the ‘direct’ rooms for
that user ID.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Examples
{
"content": {
"@bob:example.com": [
"!abcdefgh:example.com",
"!hgfedcba:example.com"
]
},
"type": "m.direct"
}
Client behaviour
To start a direct chat with another user, the inviting user’s client
should set the is_direct
flag to _. The client should do this
whenever the flow the user has followed is one where their intention is
to speak directly with another person, as opposed to bringing that
person in to a shared room. For example, clicking on ‘Start Chat’ beside
a person’s profile picture would imply the is_direct
flag should be
set.
The invitee’s client may use the is_direct
flag in the
m.room.member event to automatically mark the room as a direct chat
but this is not required: it may for example, prompt the user, or ignore
the flag altogether.
Both the inviting client and the invitee’s client should record the fact
that the room is a direct chat by storing an m.direct
event in the
account data using _.
Server behaviour
When the is_direct
flag is given to _, the home server must set the
is_direct
flag in the invite member event for any users invited in the
_ call.
Ignoring Users
With all the communication through Matrix it may be desirable to ignore a particular user for whatever reason. This module defines how clients and servers can implement the ignoring of users.
Events
m.ignored_user_list
A map of users which are considered ignored is kept in account_data
in an event type of m.ignored_user_list
.
account_data
in an event type of m.ignored_user_list
.Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
ignored_users |
Ignored users |
Required: The map of users to ignore |
Examples
{
"content": {
"ignored_users": {
"@someone:example.org": {}
}
},
"type": "m.ignored_user_list"
}
Client behaviour
To ignore a user, effectively blocking them, the client should add the
target user to the m.ignored_user_list
event in their account data
using _. Once ignored, the client will no longer receive events sent by
that user, with the exception of state events. The client should either
hide previous content sent by the newly ignored user or perform a new
/sync
with no previous token.
Invites to new rooms by ignored users will not be sent to the client. The server may optionally reject the invite on behalf of the client.
State events will still be sent to the client, even if the user is ignored. This is to ensure parts, such as the room name, do not appear different to the user just because they ignored the sender.
To remove a user from the ignored users list, remove them from the account data event. The server will resume sending events from the previously ignored user, however it should not send events that were missed while the user was ignored. To receive the events that were sent while the user was ignored the client should perform a fresh sync. The client may also un-hide any events it previously hid due to the user becoming ignored.
Server behaviour
Following an update of the m.ignored_user_list
, the sync API for all
clients should immediately start ignoring (or un-ignoring) the user.
Clients are responsible for determining if they should hide previously
sent events or to start a new sync stream.
Servers must still send state events sent by ignored users to clients.
Servers must not send room invites from ignored users to clients. Servers may optionally decide to reject the invite, however.
Sticker Messages
This module allows users to send sticker messages in to rooms or direct messaging sessions.
Sticker messages are specialised image messages that are displayed without controls (e.g. no “download” link, or light-box view on click, as would be displayed for for m.image events).
Sticker messages are intended to provide simple “reaction” events in the message timeline. The matrix client should provide some mechanism to display the sticker “body” e.g. as a tooltip on hover, or in a modal when the sticker image is clicked.
Events
Sticker events are received as a single m.sticker
event in the
timeline
section of a room, in a /sync
.
m.sticker
This message represents a single sticker image.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A textual representation or associated description of the sticker image. This could be the alt text of the original image, or a message to accompany and further describe the sticker. |
info |
ImageInfo |
Required: Metadata about the image referred to in url including a thumbnail
representation. |
url |
string |
Required: The URL to the sticker image. This must be a valid mxc:// URI. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
thumbnail_file |
EncryptedFile |
Information on the encrypted thumbnail file, as specified in End-to-End Encryption. Only present if the thumbnail is encrypted. |
thumbnail_info |
ThumbnailInfo |
Metadata about the image referred to in thumbnail_url . |
thumbnail_url |
string |
The URL (typically MXC URI) to a thumbnail of the image. Only present if the thumbnail is unencrypted. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
h |
integer |
The intended display height of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
mimetype |
string |
The mimetype of the image, e.g. image/jpeg . |
size |
integer |
Size of the image in bytes. |
w |
integer |
The intended display width of the image in pixels. This may differ from the intrinsic dimensions of the image file. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "Landing",
"info": {
"h": 200,
"mimetype": "image/png",
"size": 73602,
"thumbnail_info": {
"h": 200,
"mimetype": "image/png",
"size": 73602,
"w": 140
},
"thumbnail_url": "mxc://matrix.org/sHhqkFCvSkFwtmvtETOtKnLP",
"w": 140
},
"url": "mxc://matrix.org/sHhqkFCvSkFwtmvtETOtKnLP"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"type": "m.sticker",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients supporting this message type should display the image content from the event URL directly in the timeline.
A thumbnail image should be provided in the info
object. This is
largely intended as a fallback for clients that do not fully support the
m.sticker
event type. In most cases it is fine to set the thumbnail
URL to the same URL as the main event content.
It is recommended that sticker image content should be 512x512 pixels in
size or smaller. The dimensions of the image file should be twice the
intended display size specified in the info
object in order to assist
rendering sharp images on higher DPI screens.
Reporting Content
Users may encounter content which they find inappropriate and should be able to report it to the server administrators or room moderators for review. This module defines a way for users to report content.
Content is reported based upon a negative score, where -100 is “most offensive” and 0 is “inoffensive”.
Client behaviour
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/report/{eventId}
Reports an event as inappropriate to the server, which may then notify
the appropriate people.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
eventId |
string |
Required: The event to report. |
roomId |
string |
Required: The room in which the event being reported is located. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
reason |
string |
The reason the content is being reported. May be blank. |
score |
integer |
The score to rate this content as where -100 is most offensive and 0 is inoffensive. |
Request body example
{
"reason": "this makes me sad",
"score": -100
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The event has been reported successfully. |
Server behaviour
Servers are free to handle the reported content however they desire. This may be a dedicated room to alert server administrators to the reported content or some other mechanism for notifying the appropriate people.
Third Party Networks
Application services can provide access to third party networks via bridging. This allows Matrix users to communicate with users on other communication platforms, with messages ferried back and forth by the application service. A single application service may bridge multiple third party networks, and many individual locations within those networks. A single third party network location may be bridged to multiple Matrix rooms.
Third Party Lookups
A client may wish to provide a rich interface for joining third party locations and connecting with third party users. Information necessary for such an interface is provided by third party lookups.
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/location
Retrieve an array of third party network locations from a Matrix room
alias.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: The Matrix room alias to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
All found third party locations. |
404 |
The Matrix room alias was not found |
200 response
Array of Location
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: An alias for a matrix room. |
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third party location is a part of. |
null
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/location/{protocol}
Requesting this endpoint with a valid protocol name results in a list
of successful mapping results in a JSON array. Each result contains
objects to represent the Matrix room or rooms that represent a portal
to this third party network. Each has the Matrix room alias string,
an identifier for the particular third party network protocol, and an
object containing the network-specific fields that comprise this
identifier. It should attempt to canonicalise the identifier as much
as reasonably possible given the network type.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol used to communicate to the third party network. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
searchFields |
string |
One or more custom fields to help identify the third party location. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
At least one portal room was found. |
404 |
No portal rooms were found. |
200 response
Array of Location
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
alias |
string |
Required: An alias for a matrix room. |
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third party location is a part of. |
null
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/protocol/{protocol}
Fetches the metadata from the homeserver about a particular third party protocol.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The name of the protocol. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The protocol was found and metadata returned. |
404 |
The protocol is unknown. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
field_types |
{ string: Field Type} |
Required: The type definitions for the fields defined in the May be an empty object if no fields are defined. |
icon |
string |
Required: A content URI representing an icon for the third party protocol. |
instances |
[Protocol Instance] |
Required: A list of objects representing independent instances of configuration. For example, multiple networks on IRC if multiple are provided by the same application service. |
location_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third party location. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the name of a channel. |
user_fields |
[string] |
Required: Fields which may be used to identify a third party user. These should be ordered to suggest the way that entities may be grouped, where higher groupings are ordered first. For example, the name of a network should be searched before the nickname of a user. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
placeholder |
string |
Required: An placeholder serving as a valid example of the field value. |
regexp |
string |
Required: A regular expression for validation of a field’s value. This may be relatively coarse to verify the value as the application service providing this protocol may apply additional validation or filtering. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
desc |
string |
Required: A human-readable description for the protocol, such as the name. |
fields |
object |
Required: Preset values for fields the client may use to search by. |
icon |
string |
An optional content URI representing the protocol. Overrides the one provided at the higher level Protocol object. |
network_id |
string |
Required: A unique identifier across all instances. |
{
"field_types": {
"channel": {
"placeholder": "#foobar",
"regexp": "#[^\\s]+"
},
"network": {
"placeholder": "irc.example.org",
"regexp": "([a-z0-9]+\\.)*[a-z0-9]+"
},
"nickname": {
"placeholder": "username",
"regexp": "[^\\s#]+"
}
},
"icon": "mxc://example.org/aBcDeFgH",
"location_fields": [
"network",
"channel"
],
"user_fields": [
"network",
"nickname"
]
}
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/protocols
Fetches the overall metadata about protocols supported by the
homeserver. Includes both the available protocols and all fields
required for queries against each protocol.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
No request parameters or request body.
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The protocols supported by the homeserver. |
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/user
Retrieve an array of third party users from a Matrix User ID.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userid |
string |
Required: The Matrix User ID to look up. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
An array of third party users. |
404 |
The Matrix User ID was not found |
200 response
Array of User
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third party location is a part of. |
userid |
string |
Required: A Matrix User ID represting a third party user. |
null
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
GET /_matrix/client/r0/thirdparty/user/{protocol}
Retrieve a Matrix User ID linked to a user on the third party service, given
a set of user parameters.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
protocol |
string |
Required: The name of the protocol. |
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields... |
string |
One or more custom fields that are passed to the AS to help identify the user. |
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The Matrix User IDs found with the given parameters. |
404 |
The Matrix User ID was not found |
200 response
Array of User
.
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
fields |
object |
Required: Information used to identify this third party location. |
protocol |
string |
Required: The protocol ID that the third party location is a part of. |
userid |
string |
Required: A Matrix User ID represting a third party user. |
null
404 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_NOT_FOUND"
}
OpenID
This module allows users to verify their identity with a third party service. The third party service does need to be matrix-aware in that it will need to know to resolve matrix homeservers to exchange the user’s token for identity information.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/user/{userId}/openid/request_token
Gets an OpenID token object that the requester may supply to another
service to verify their identity in Matrix. The generated token is only
valid for exchanging for user information from the federation API for
OpenID.
The access token generated is only valid for the OpenID API. It cannot
be used to request another OpenID access token or call /sync
, for
example.
/sync
, for
example.Rate-limited: | Yes |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
userId |
string |
Required: The user to request and OpenID token for. Should be the user who is authenticated for the request. |
Request body
Request body example
{}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
OpenID token information. This response is nearly compatible with the
response documented in the OpenID Connect 1.0 Specification
with the only difference being the lack of an id_token . Instead,
the Matrix homeserver’s name is provided. |
429 |
This request was rate-limited. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
access_token |
string |
Required: An access token the consumer may use to verify the identity of
the person who generated the token. This is given to the federation
API GET /openid/userinfo to verify the user’s identity. |
expires_in |
integer |
Required: The number of seconds before this token expires and a new one must be generated. |
matrix_server_name |
string |
Required: The homeserver domain the consumer should use when attempting to verify the user’s identity. |
token_type |
string |
Required: The string Bearer . |
{
"access_token": "SomeT0kenHere",
"expires_in": 3600,
"matrix_server_name": "example.com",
"token_type": "Bearer"
}
429 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: The M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED error code |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
retry_after_ms |
integer |
The amount of time in milliseconds the client should wait before trying the request again. |
{
"errcode": "M_LIMIT_EXCEEDED",
"error": "Too many requests",
"retry_after_ms": 2000
}
Server Access Control Lists (ACLs) for rooms
In some scenarios room operators may wish to prevent a malicious or untrusted server from participating in their room. Sending an m.room.server_acl state event into a room is an effective way to prevent the server from participating in the room at the federation level.
Server ACLs can also be used to make rooms only federate with a limited
set of servers, or retroactively make the room no longer federate with
any other server, similar to setting the m.federate
value on the
m.room.create event.
m.room.server_acl
An event to indicate which servers are permitted to participate in the
room. Server ACLs may allow or deny groups of hosts. All servers participating
in the room, including those that are denied, are expected to uphold the
server ACL. Servers that do not uphold the ACLs MUST be added to the denied hosts
list in order for the ACLs to remain effective.
The allow
and deny
lists are lists of globs supporting ?
and *
as wildcards. When comparing against the server ACLs, the suspect server’s port
number must not be considered. Therefore evil.com
, evil.com:8448
, and
evil.com:1234
would all match rules that apply to evil.com
, for example.
The ACLs are applied to servers when they make requests, and are applied in
the following order:
- If there is no
m.room.server_acl
event in the room state, allow.
#. If the server name is an IP address (v4 or v6) literal, and allow_ip_literals
is present and false
, deny.
#. If the server name matches an entry in the deny
list, deny.
#. If the server name matches an entry in the allow
list, allow.
#. Otherwise, deny.
Note:
Server ACLs do not restrict the events relative to the room DAG via authorisation
rules, but instead act purely at the network layer to determine which servers are
allowed to connect and interact with a given room.
WARNING:
Failing to provide an allow
rule of some kind will prevent all
servers from participating in the room, including the sender. This renders
the room unusable. A common allow rule is [ "*" ]
which would still
permit the use of the deny
list without losing the room.
WARNING:
All compliant servers must implement server ACLs. However, legacy or noncompliant
servers exist which do not uphold ACLs, and these MUST be manually appended to
the denied hosts list when setting an ACL to prevent them from leaking events from
banned servers into a room. Currently, the only way to determine noncompliant hosts is
to check the prev_events
of leaked events, therefore detecting servers which
are not upholding the ACLs. Server versions can also be used to try to detect hosts that
will not uphold the ACLs, although this is not comprehensive. Server ACLs were added
in Synapse v0.32.0, although other server implementations and versions exist in the world.
allow
and deny
lists are lists of globs supporting ?
and *
as wildcards. When comparing against the server ACLs, the suspect server’s port
number must not be considered. Therefore evil.com
, evil.com:8448
, and
evil.com:1234
would all match rules that apply to evil.com
, for example.m.room.server_acl
event in the room state, allow.
#. If the server name is an IP address (v4 or v6) literal, and allow_ip_literals
is present and false
, deny.
#. If the server name matches an entry in the deny
list, deny.
#. If the server name matches an entry in the allow
list, allow.
#. Otherwise, deny.allow
rule of some kind will prevent all
servers from participating in the room, including the sender. This renders
the room unusable. A common allow rule is [ "*" ]
which would still
permit the use of the deny
list without losing the room.prev_events
of leaked events, therefore detecting servers which
are not upholding the ACLs. Server versions can also be used to try to detect hosts that
will not uphold the ACLs, although this is not comprehensive. Server ACLs were added
in Synapse v0.32.0, although other server implementations and versions exist in the world.Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
allow |
[string] |
The server names to allow in the room, excluding any port information.
Wildcards may be used to cover a wider range of hosts, where This defaults to an empty list when not provided, effectively disallowing every server. |
allow_ip_literals |
boolean |
True to allow server names that are IP address literals. False to deny. Defaults to true if missing or otherwise not a boolean. This is strongly recommended to be set to |
deny |
[string] |
The server names to disallow in the room, excluding any port information.
Wildcards may be used to cover a wider range of hosts, where This defaults to an empty list when not provided. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"allow": [
"*"
],
"allow_ip_literals": false,
"deny": [
"*.evil.com",
"evil.com"
]
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.server_acl",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
allow_ip_literals
is provided to cover banning them.
Client behaviour
Clients are not expected to perform any additional duties beyond sending the event. Clients should describe changes to the server ACLs to the user in the user interface, such as in the timeline.
Clients may wish to kick affected users from the room prior to denying a server access to the room to help prevent those servers from participating and to provide feedback to the users that they have been excluded from the room.
Server behaviour
Servers MUST prevent blacklisted servers from sending events or participating in the room when an m.room.server_acl event is present in the room state. Which APIs are specifically affected are described in the Server-Server API specification.
Servers should still send events to denied servers if they are still residents of the room.
Security considerations
Server ACLs are only effective if every server in the room honours them. Servers that do not honour the ACLs may still permit events sent by denied servers into the room, leaking them to other servers in the room. To effectively enforce an ACL in a room, the servers that do not honour the ACLs should be denied in the room as well.
User, room, and group mentions
This module allows users to mention other users, rooms, and groups within a room message. This is achieved by including a matrix.to URI in the HTML body of an m.room.message event. This module does not have any server-specific behaviour to it.
Mentions apply only to m.room.message events where the msgtype
is
m.text
, m.emote
, or m.notice
. The format
for the event must be
org.matrix.custom.html
and therefore requires a formatted_body
.
To make a mention, reference the entity being mentioned in the
formatted_body
using an anchor, like so:
{
"body": "Hello Alice!",
"msgtype": "m.text",
"format": "org.matrix.custom.html",
"formatted_body": "Hello <a href='https://matrix.to/#/@alice:example.org'>Alice</a>!"
}
Client behaviour
In addition to using the appropriate matrix.to URI
for the mention,
clients should use the following guidelines when making mentions in
events to be sent:
- When mentioning users, use the user’s potentially ambiguous display name for the anchor’s text. If the user does not have a display name, use the user’s ID.
- When mentioning rooms, use the canonical alias for the room. If the room does not have a canonical alias, prefer one of the aliases listed on the room. If no alias can be found, fall back to the room ID. In all cases, use the alias/room ID being linked to as the anchor’s text.
- When referencing groups, use the group ID as the anchor’s text.
The text component of the anchor should be used in the event’s body
where the mention would normally be represented, as shown in the example
above.
Clients should display mentions differently from other elements. For example, this may be done by changing the background color of the mention to indicate that it is different from a normal link.
If the current user is mentioned in a message (either by a mention as defined in this module or by a push rule), the client should show that mention differently from other mentions, such as by using a red background color to signify to the user that they were mentioned.
When clicked, the mention should navigate the user to the appropriate room, group, or user information.
Room Upgrades
From time to time, a room may need to be upgraded to a different room version for a variety for reasons. This module defines a way for rooms to upgrade to a different room version when needed.
Events
m.room.tombstone
A state event signifying that a room has been upgraded to a different room version, and that clients should go there.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | A zero-length string. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
body |
string |
Required: A server-defined message. |
replacement_room |
string |
Required: The new room the client should be visiting. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"body": "This room has been replaced",
"replacement_room": "!newroom:example.org"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "",
"type": "m.room.tombstone",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
Clients which understand m.room.tombstone
events and the predecessor
field on m.room.create
events should communicate to the user that the
room was upgraded. One way of accomplishing this would be hiding the old
room from the user’s room list and showing banners linking between the
old and new room - ensuring that permalinks work when referencing the
old room. Another approach may be to virtually merge the rooms such that
the old room’s timeline seamlessly continues into the new timeline
without the user having to jump between the rooms.
POST /_matrix/client/r0/rooms/{roomId}/upgrade
Upgrades the given room to a particular room version.
Rate-limited: | No |
---|---|
Requires authentication: | Yes |
Request
Request parameters
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
roomId |
string |
Required: The ID of the room to upgrade. |
Request body
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
new_version |
string |
Required: The new version for the room. |
Request body example
{
"new_version": "2"
}
Responses
Status | Description |
---|---|
200 |
The room was successfully upgraded. |
400 |
The request was invalid. One way this can happen is if the room version requested is not supported by the homeserver. |
403 |
The user is not permitted to upgrade the room. |
200 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
replacement_room |
string |
Required: The ID of the new room. |
{
"replacement_room": "!newroom:example.org"
}
400 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_UNSUPPORTED_ROOM_VERSION",
"error": "This server does not support that room version"
}
403 response
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
errcode |
string |
Required: An error code. |
error |
string |
A human-readable error message. |
{
"errcode": "M_FORBIDDEN",
"error": "You cannot upgrade this room"
}
Server behaviour
When the client requests to upgrade a known room to a known version, the server:
-
Checks that the user has permission to send
m.room.tombstone
events in the room. -
Creates a replacement room with a
m.room.create
event containing apredecessor
field and the applicableroom_version
. -
Replicates transferable state events to the new room. The exact details for what is transferred is left as an implementation detail, however the recommended state events to transfer are:
m.room.server_acl
m.room.encryption
m.room.name
m.room.avatar
m.room.topic
m.room.guest_access
m.room.history_visibility
m.room.join_rules
m.room.power_levels
Membership events should not be transferred to the new room due to technical limitations of servers not being able to impersonate people from other homeservers. Additionally, servers should not transfer state events which are sensitive to who sent them, such as events outside of the Matrix namespace where clients may rely on the sender to match certain criteria.
-
Moves any local aliases to the new room.
-
Sends a
m.room.tombstone
event to the old room to indicate that it is not intended to be used any further. -
If possible, the power levels in the old room should also be modified to prevent sending of events and inviting new users. For example, setting
events_default
andinvite
to the greater of50
andusers_default + 1
.
When a user joins the new room, the server should automatically transfer/replicate some of the user’s personalized settings such as notifications, tags, etc.
Server Notices
Homeserver hosts often want to send messages to users in an official capacity, or have resource limits which affect a user’s ability to use the homeserver. For example, the homeserver may be limited to a certain number of active users per month and has exceeded that limit. To communicate this failure to users, the homeserver would use the Server Notices room.
The aesthetics of the room (name, topic, avatar, etc) are left as an implementation detail. It is recommended that the homeserver decorate the room such that it looks like an official room to users.
Events
Notices are sent to the client as normal m.room.message
events with a
msgtype
of m.server_notice
in the server notices room. Events with a
m.server_notice
msgtype
outside of the server notice room must be
ignored by clients.
The specified values for server_notice_type
are:
m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached
The server has exceeded some limit which requires the server
administrator to intervene. The limit_type
describes the kind of limit
reached. The specified values for limit_type
are:
monthly_active_user
The server’s number of active users in the last 30 days has exceeded the
maximum. New connections are being refused by the server. What defines
“active” is left as an implementation detail, however servers are
encouraged to treat syncing users as “active”.
m.room.message$m.server_notice
Represents a server notice for a user.
Event type: | Message event |
---|
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
admin_contact |
string |
A URI giving a contact method for the server administrator. Required if the
notice type is m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached . |
body |
string |
Required: A human-readable description of the notice. |
limit_type |
string |
The kind of usage limit the server has exceeded. Required if the notice type is
m.server_notice.usage_limit_reached . |
msgtype |
enum |
Required: One of: |
server_notice_type |
string |
Required: The type of notice being represented. |
Examples
Client behaviour
Clients can identify the server notices room by the m.server_notice
tag on the room. Active notices are represented by the pinned
events in the server notices room. Server notice
events pinned in that room should be shown to the user through special
UI and not through the normal pinned events interface in the client. For
example, clients may show warning banners or bring up dialogs to get the
user’s attention. Events which are not server notice events and are
pinned in the server notices room should be shown just like any other
pinned event in a room.
The client must not expect to be able to reject an invite to join the
server notices room. Attempting to reject the invite must result in a
M_CANNOT_LEAVE_SERVER_NOTICE_ROOM
error. Servers should not prevent
the user leaving the room after joining the server notices room, however
the same error code must be used if the server will prevent leaving the
room.
Server behaviour
Servers should manage exactly 1 server notices room per user. Servers
must identify this room to clients with the m.server_notice
tag.
Servers should invite the target user rather than automatically join
them to the server notice room.
How servers send notices to clients, and which user they use to send the events, is left as an implementation detail for the server.
Moderation policy lists
With Matrix being an open network where anyone can participate, a very wide range of content exists and it is important that users are empowered to select which content they wish to see, and which content they wish to block. By extension, room moderators and server admins should also be able to select which content they do not wish to host in their rooms and servers.
The protocol’s position on this is one of neutrality: it should not be deciding what content is undesirable for any particular entity and should instead be empowering those entities to make their own decisions. As such, a generic framework for communicating “moderation policy lists” or “moderation policy rooms” is described. Note that this module only describes the data structures and not how they should be interpreting: the entity making the decisions on filtering is best positioned to interpret the rules how it sees fit.
Moderation policy lists are stored as room state events. There are no restrictions on how the rooms can be configured (they could be public, private, encrypted, etc).
There are currently 3 kinds of entities which can be affected by rules:
user
, server
, and room
. All 3 are described with
m.policy.rule.<kind>
state events. The state_key
for a policy rule
is an arbitrary string decided by the sender of the rule.
Rules contain recommendations and reasons for the rule existing. The
reason
is a human-readable string which describes the
recommendation
. Currently only one recommendation, m.ban
, is
specified.
m.ban
recommendation
When this recommendation is used, the entities affected by the rule should be banned from participation where possible. The enforcement of this is deliberately left as an implementation detail to avoid the protocol imposing its opinion on how the policy list is to be interpreted. However, a suggestion for a simple implementation is as follows:
- Is a
user
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should be added to the subscriber’s ignore list.
- Applied to a room: The user should be banned from the room (either on sight or immediately).
- Applied to a server: The user should not be allowed to send invites to users on the server.
- Is a
room
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should leave the room and not join it (MSC2270-style ignore).
- Applied to a room: No-op because a room cannot ban itself.
- Applied to a server: The server should prevent users from joining the room and from receiving invites to it.
- Is a
server
rule…- Applied to a user: The user should not receive events or invites from the server.
- Applied to a room: The server is added as a denied server in the ACLs.
- Applied to a server: The subscriber should avoid federating with the server as much as possible by blocking invites from the server and not sending traffic unless strictly required (no outbound invites).
Subscribing to policy lists
This is deliberatly left as an implementation detail. For implementations using the Client-Server API, this could be as easy as joining or peeking the room. Joining or peeking is not required, however: an implementation could poll for updates or use a different technique for receiving updates to the policy’s rules.
Sharing
In addition to sharing a direct reference to the room which contains the
policy’s rules, plain http or https URLs can be used to share links to
the list. When the URL is approached with a Accept: application/json
header or has .json
appended to the end of the URL, it should return a
JSON object containing a room_uri
property which references the room.
Currently this would be a matrix.to
URI, however in future it could be
a Matrix-schemed URI instead. When not approached with the intent of
JSON, the service could return a user-friendly page describing what is
included in the ban list.
Events
The entity
described by the state events can contain *
and ?
to
match zero or more and one or more characters respectively. Note that
rules against rooms can describe a room ID or room alias - the
subscriber is responsible for resolving the alias to a room ID if
desired.
m.policy.rule.user
A moderation policy rule which affects users.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters * and ? can be used
to match zero or more and one or more characters respectively. |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the recommendation . |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only m.ban is specified. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "@alice*:example.org",
"reason": "undesirable behaviour",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:@alice*:example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.user",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.policy.rule.room
A moderation policy rule which affects room IDs and room aliases.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters * and ? can be used
to match zero or more and one or more characters respectively. |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the recommendation . |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only m.ban is specified. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "#*:example.org",
"reason": "undesirable content",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:#*:example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.room",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
m.policy.rule.server
A moderation policy rule which affects servers.
Event type: | State event |
---|---|
State key | An arbitrary string decided upon by the sender. |
Content
Name | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
entity |
string |
Required: The entity affected by this rule. Glob characters * and ? can be used
to match zero or more and one or more characters respectively. |
reason |
string |
Required: The human-readable description for the recommendation . |
recommendation |
string |
Required: The suggested action to take. Currently only m.ban is specified. |
Examples
{
"content": {
"entity": "*.example.org",
"reason": "undesirable engagement",
"recommendation": "m.ban"
},
"event_id": "$143273582443PhrSn:example.org",
"origin_server_ts": 1432735824653,
"room_id": "!jEsUZKDJdhlrceRyVU:example.org",
"sender": "@example:example.org",
"state_key": "rule:*.example.org",
"type": "m.policy.rule.server",
"unsigned": {
"age": 1234
}
}
Client behaviour
As described above, the client behaviour is deliberatly left undefined.
Server behaviour
Servers have no additional requirements placed on them by this module.
Security considerations
This module could be used to build a system of shared blacklists, which may create a divide within established communities if not carefully deployed. This may well not be a suitable solution for all communities.
Depending on how implementations handle subscriptions, user IDs may be linked to policy lists and therefore expose the views of that user. For example, a client implementation which joins the user to the policy room would expose the user’s ID to observers of the policy room. In future, MSC1228 and MSC1777 (or similar) could help solve this concern.